Sie sind auf Seite 1von 837

Assembly System Design Techniques

Goals of this class

Introduce system design methods


Understand the things that must be considered
Look at two ways to approach it
Learn about SelectEquip

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Assembly System Design Techniques

Assembly system design algorithms exist

They solve the Equipment Selection and Task


Assignment problem
Methods include dynamic programming,
travelling salesman, mixed integer-linear
programming, and a heuristic called ASDP
These algorithms will design an assembly or other
process line to meet average production
requirements, adjusted for a fixed % uptime
Detailed simulation is needed to verify production
rate and study queues and other issues
Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

What to Model

The tasks that need to be done


The number of units needed per year
What resources are available or applicable to a given task

What each resource costs to buy


What tool it needs for each task
How long it will take to do the task, change tools, etc
What is its uptime and other operating characteristics

Time for transport from station to station


Reuse of a resource for several tasks
Reuse of tools at one station
Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

History

Heuristics by R E Gustavson at Draper and N H


Cook at MIT in 1970s
Solutions based on OR techniques by Prof Graves
and OR Center students
Terry Huttner, 1977 - mixed linear-integer

programming

Bruce Lamar, 1979 - bus routing algorithm

Carol Holmes, 1987 - multiple products, dynamic


programming
Curt Cooprider, 1989 - uncertain demand, dynamic
programming

Holmes-Cooprider method reprogrammed by


Mike Hoag, 2001.
Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

System Selection Criteria

Minimize annualized cost


= unit labor cost + annualized cost of capital

Systems can be forced to be all manual, all robot,


or all fixed automation just by removing unwanted
resource classes
A wide variety of preferences can be
accommodated this way

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Summary of Required Input

Info about assembly resources with cost, operation


time, and rho or installed cost factor
rho relates total cost to equipment cost

Info about assembly tasks with operation time and


tool number for each resource
Annual production volume, labor cost, min
acceptable rate of return, number of shifts available
Rate of return expressed in annualized cost factor

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Title
Working days/year ________
Shifts available ______

Date
Annualized cost factor
Avg loaded labor rate ($/hr)

Station-station move time (s)


Resource data set name: _________

________
________

________
Task data set name:______

10

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Data Input (Applicable


Technology Chart)

For each resource:


When a resource can be used:
hardware Cost ($)
C
installed cost/hardware cost
Operation
Tool
rho
e
% uptime expected
time (s)
number
v
operating/maintenance rate ($/hr)
Tool change time (s)
Hardware cost
Tc
Max # stations/worker
Ms
NOTE: SEE FIG 14.8 OF CONCURRENT DESIGN AND PP 434-435
Resource:
__________
__________
__________
__________
__________
......
C_______
C_______
C_______
C_______
C_______
.......
rho_____
rho_____
rho_____
rho_____
rho_____
.........
e_______
e_______
e_______
e_______
e_______
...........
v_______
v_______
v_______
v_______
v_______
........
Tc______
Tc______
Tc______
Tc______
Tc______
.........
Ms______
Ms______
Ms______
Ms______
Ms______
Task:
1
|
|
|
|
|

SEQUENCE

TASK

TASK TYPE
P = PLACE/ORIENT
T=TIGHTEN BOLT, SCREW, ETC
I=INSERT PART(S)
M=MEASURE
S=MODIFY SHAPE
A=ALIGN

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

INSPECTION
B=BOLT TORQUE
G=GAUGE DIMENSION
C=COMPARISON

Daniel E Whitney

Assembly Planning Chart

NAME
DATE
PREPARED BY
NOTE: SEE FIG 14.7 OF CONCURRENT DESIGN SHEET
OF
PAGE 433

Applicable Technology Chart

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Assembly Planning Chart

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Basic Nominal Capacity Equations

# operations/unit * # units/year = # ops/yr


# ops/sec = # ops/yr * (1 shift/28800 sec)*(1 day/n shifts)*(1 yr/280 days)
cycle time = 1/(ops/sec) = required sec/op
equipment capability = actual sec/op
actual sec/op < required sec/op -> happiness
required sec/op < actual sec/op -> misery (or multiple resources)
Typical cycle times: 3-5 sec manual small parts
5-10 sec small robot
1-4 sec small fixed automation
10-60 sec large robot or manual large parts
Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

How the Holmes-Cooprider Method

Works

The maximum takt or cycle time is calculated


based on annual volume requirement and # shifts
Each resource is tested to see if it can do one task
without running out of time, two tasks, three tasks,
etc.
A network is built where pairs of nodes are tasks,
and arcs are resources
Each arc has a cost based on investment, tools, and
labor (labor cost based on time used)
The shortest path through the network is the string

of selected resources and the tasks they will do

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

12

Network

$20K
$10K

$10K

Etc.
$7K

$7K

$15K
$14K
Shortest path

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Network Models of Assembly Systems

Model of system as flows in a network

Represents equilibrium state


Based on probabilities and costs
1.0, $10

0.9, $20

0.1, $50

Outbound probabilities add to 1.0


Equilibrium solution gives average cost to go

through and average flow on each branch

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Equations

pij=pr of going from node i to node j


cij=cost of going from node i to node j
fij=flow from node i to node j
yi = total flow out of node i
pij
cij

fij = yi pij
where we must have

pij = 1 for each

Node i

Node j

Conservation of flow at node j:

y j = y j p jj +
y k pkj
+ x j

Y
= P T Y + X

k. j

xj=flow into node j from outside

Solution:

Y= IP

cost = fij cij

pjj=0

Asst Sys Des Tech

T 1

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Example System: an assembly with two

subassemblies and several test and rework

stations

Rework
the Assy
$50

Both Fail:
0.002
Subassy #2 Already Done

Build #1
$10

New
Parts

Subassembly #1

Test 0.9 OK
#1
$1
0.1
Fail

Rework
#2
$10

Rework
#1
$40
Rework#1
with #2
Attached
$80

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Build #2
Assemble
#1 To #2
$20
Subassembly #2

Daniel E Whitney

Test
#1 & #2
$2

Done

#2 Fails:
0.1

#1 Fails:
0.02

19

Network Equivalent of Example

0.9

$0
0.002

0.02
$80

$50
New
Parts

$0

$11

0.1
$40

A
B
C
Asst Sys Des Tech

0.9
$0

$20

$2

4
0.1
$10

1
$11

0.1
$40

Build/repair Subassembly #1 and Test it


Build/repair Subassembly #2 and Test Both
Repair/rebuild #1 While Attached to #2

11/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Done

Matlab Solution

P=zeros(8)

C=zeros(8)

%Arc probabilities:
P(1,2)=1;
P(2,1)=.1;
p(2,3)=.9;
P(2,3)=.9;
P(3,4)=1;
P(4,5)=1;
P(5,3)=.1;
P(5,1)=.002;
P(5,6)=.02;
P(5,8)=1-P(5,6)-P(5,3)-P(5,1);
P(6,7)=1;
P(7,4)=.9;
P(7,6)=.1;
X=[1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0];

X=X'

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

Y=inv(eye(8)-P')*X
Y=
1.1136
1.1136
1.1162
1.1390
1.1390
0.0253

0.0253

1.0000
YY=[Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y]
F=box(YY,P)

Daniel E Whitney

21

Equilibrium Flows

0.0000 1.1136
0.1114 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000
0.0023 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000

Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

0.0000
1.0023
0.0000
0.0000
0.1139
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000

F=
0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000
1.1162 0.0000
0.0000 1.1390
0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000
0.0228 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000

Daniel E Whitney

0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000
0.0228 0.0000
0.0000 0.0253
0.0025 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000

0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
1.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000

22

Cost Solution

%Arc costs:
C(1,2)=11;

C(2,1)=40;

C(3,4)=20;

C(4,5)=2;
C(5,1)=50;
C(5,3)=10;
C(5,3)=10;
C(5,6)=80;
C(6,7)=11;
C(7,6)=40;
cost=sum(sum(box(C,F)))
cost =
$44.7608
Cost without rework = $33
Asst Sys Des Tech

11/16/2004

%FF = total flow in system


FF=sum(sum(F))
FF=5.6720
%EX=excess flow
EX=FF/5

EX =

1.1344

Total flow without rework = 5


Capacity devoted to rework = 13.44%

Daniel E Whitney

23

Key Characteristics

Goals of this class


Introduce Key Characteristics (KCs)
Define the notions of KC delivery and KC delivery chain
Understand the relationship between KC delivery chains and partto-part location
Appreciate how many KCs an assembly can have, including the
concept of KC conflict
See some examples

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Key Characteristics (KCs)

Key characteristics are product requirements that demand


attention because
they are critical for performance, safety, or regulations
AND
they are at risk of not being achieved due to process variations

Usually, KCs are geometric relationships between features


on non-adjacent parts
Two basic issues for KCs are

priorities

flowdown

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Chain of Delivery of Quality

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 2-1 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

No single part delivers the KC.


KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Chains Deliver KCs

KCs are delivered by chains that must operate


repeatibly
Chains are made up of:

physical elements: parts, sub-assemblies, tools, and fixtures


the associated organizations (supply chain)
the capability of the processes (technology)

Each KC is delivered when its chain is complete

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

KC Priorities

Everything is important to someone

KCs should be confined to things that are not only


important but are at some risk of not being
achieved
Usually, manufacturing or assembly variation are
considered to be the main threat
So there is a direct link between KCs and
assembly tolerances
If there is no systematic process for identifying
KCs, and if priorities are not assigned, then KCs
tend to proliferate
KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

When Can Key Characteristics Be Used?

During concept design, to capture customer reqmts

During system engineering, to flow down reqmts


to lower levels of the design process
During detail design, to deliver reqmts via tolerances
and process planning
During supplier selection and preparation of specs,
to define deliverables
During program management, to track and assure
achievement of requirements
KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Desktop Stapler

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-1 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Stapler Parts

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-2 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Stapler KCs

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Each KC is Delivered by a Chain

Chains of Delivery
HANDLE
CARRIER
PIN

PUSHER

RIVET
STAPLES

ANVIL
BASE

Key Characteristics (KCs)

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Key Characteristics and the Liaison

Diagram

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-3 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.

Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,


and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004.
ISBN: 0195157826.

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-4 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.

Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,


and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Liaison Diagram

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

KCs

Daniel E Whitney

11

Only Some Liaisons Matter in KC

Delivery

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-5 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

12

The Delivery Path for Each Stapler KC

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-6 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Optical Disk Drive KCs

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 2-7 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

KC Flowdown

Product KCs can be defined for customer

requirements and then decomposed into


lower level Assembly and Manufacturing KCs
Achievment of the PKCs requires
achievement of the AKCs and MKCs
Full implementation requires that each AKC

and MKC meet a specific tolerance or Cpk

Suppliers capability may limit AKCs and MKCs,


requiring flow-up and negotiation
KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

15

Some Statistics

A person at GM said
60% of body sheet metal tolerances can be met
40% must be altered to meet shop capabilities

A patent from Boeing on tolerancing says that typically 8


parts are involved in a tolerance chain (probably similar to
the length of a KC chain for us)
A survey of 600 consumer products by Ulrich and Ellison
reveals that about 6 parts are involved in delivering
functions that differentiate the product in the marketplace
You dont get real numbers like this every day

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

How Parts Locate Each Other to Deliver

Quality at the Customer Level

DOOR
CRAFTMANSHIP KC
CAR BODY

KC=Key Characteristic
BODY TO
HINGE FLAP1: 6 DOF
HINGE FLAP 1 TO
HINGE FLAP 2: 5 DOF
HINGE FLAP 2 TO
DOOR: 6 DOF

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

CUSTOMER
PERCEPTION
OF DOOR

DOOR CLOSING
FORCE

WATER LEAKAGE
AND WIND NOISE

SEAL
TIGHTNESS

DOOR-BODY

ALIGNMENT

IN/OUT

DOOR-BODY
ALIGNMENT
UP/DOWN AND
FORE/AFT

DOOR MOUNTING

METHOD AND

EQUIPMENT

DOOR ATTACHMENT
TO BODY

DOOR FRAME
PERIMETER
SHAPE ACCURACY

DOOR PERIMETER
SHAPE ACCURACY

BODY ASSEMBLY
METHOD AND
EQUIPMENT

SEAL ATTCHMENT

TO BODY

SUBASSEMBLY

PROCESS KCS

DOOR ASSEMBLY

METHOD AND

EQUIPMENT

DOOR PARTS
ASSEMBLY

BODY PARTS
FABRICATION

DOOR PARTS

FABRICATION

9/13/2004

DOOR
SUBSYSTEM KCS

SUBSYSTEM
ASSEMBLY
PROCESS KCS

DOOR THICKNESS
ACCURACY

BODY PARTS
ASSEMBLY

KCs_04.ppt

HINGE ATTACHMENT
TO DOOR

}
}

PARTS FAB AND


ASSEMBLY KCS

Daniel E Whitney

18

Car Door KC Flowdown

FLUSHNESS OF
DOOR-BODY
SURFACES

UNIFORMITY OF
DOOR-BODY GAPS

CUSTOMER
REQUIREMENTS:
PRODUCT KCS

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Car Door Exterior Gaps

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 2-8 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

19

Door Assembly

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 2-10 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

21

How Doors are Built

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 2-10 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Door Hem

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

23

Car Door Design KCs

Side View

Top View

up-down
A Pillar

B Pillar

Weather seal KC depends


on placement of the
inner panel

A Pillar

B Pillar

Hinges
Outer
Fender

Latch
bar

fore-aft
door tolerances and fit

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Outer
Fender

Appearance KC depends
on placement of the
outer panel

in-out

Appearance KC
= uniformity of
this gap
Daniel E Whitney

25

Two Door Methods - There Are Many

= 6 DOF LOCATION

DOOR

HINGES

HINGES

DOOR

HINGE-MOUNTING FIXTURE

DOOR MOUNTING FIXTURE

Assembly Step 1a

Assembly Step 2a

LOCATOR
CONES
HINGES

DOOR
HINGES

DOOR

HINGE-MOUNTING FIXTURE

Assembly Step 1b
KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Assembly Step 2b
Daniel E Whitney

26

KC Conflict in Door Assembly

Difficult to achieve both


KCs this way!

Impossible
to assemble
this way!

Attach door outer


to door inner,
aligning parts

Align door inner


to seal, then attach
inner to frame

Align door outer


to frame gaps, then
attach outer to inner

Mount door (inner+outer)


to frame and align seals,
possibly misaligning gaps

Mount door (inner+outer)


to frame and align gaps,
possibly misaligning seals

Not enough independent DOF available


KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Ford Hinge Mounting

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 2-12 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

Ford Hinge Mounting Fixture

Photo removed due to copyright restrictions. (Detail of car door front and rear locator pins and holders for hinges.)

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

Door on Hinge-Mounting Fixture

Photo removed due to copyright restrictions. (Detail of front and rear car door mounting locators.)

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

30

Ford Door Mounting to Car

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 2-12 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

Mustang Body in White

Photo removed due to copyright restrictions. (Detail of car door front and rear locators.)

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

34

Door Mounting Tool for Mustang

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-48 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

An Interesting Wrinkle

Doors are usually installed on a car before

painting and removed for trim installation

you can grab a door rigidly (accurately) when there is


no paint to scratch
it is easier to install stuff on/in the door and in the car if
the doors are separate

The challenge is to get them back on in the right

place without the benefit of assembly tooling

It is done cleverly with the hinges


install door+hinges to car, remove door from hinges
remove a temporary hinge pin, reinstall a final one
check which bolts have paint to see how it was done
KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

35

GM Hinge Mounting

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 2-12 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

GM Method
KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

37

GM Take-apart Car Door Hinges

Photo removed due to copyright restrictions. (Detail of car door hinges and locator cone.)

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

38

GM Door Mounting to Car

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-47 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

39

Ford Locator Drawing

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 2-13 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

40

Conclusions

KCs are the link between functional customer needs and


physical realizations at the assembly level
KCs are delivered by chains of parts
KCs can be delivered in more than one way

Design of KC delivery requires definition of location


schemes by which parts are related to each other in 6 dof
Assemblies typically have many KCs, and they can
conflict

KCs_04.ppt

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney

41

Mechanical Assembly and Its Role in

Product Development

Instructor : Dr Dan Whitney

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Goals of this Course

Understand a systematic approach to analyzing


assembly problems
Appreciate the many ways assembly influences
product development and manufacturing
See a complete approach that includes technology,
systems engineering, and economic analysis
Get a feeling for what is technologically feasible

Practice the systematic process on a semester-long


group project of your own

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

About Me

Mechanical engineering and history at MIT

Taught at MIT 68 - 74
19 years at Draper Lab doing research and consulting in robotics
and assembly
Applied system engineering techniques to product design for
assembly and assembly process design
Came to understand fuzzy boundary between management and
engineering
Returned to MIT in 1993
Teach Sloan-Eng Product Development Class to SDM

Also interested in complex systems


7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Assembly in the Context of Product Development


Org, MOT, Strategy

Technology And
Market

Customer Needs
Requirements
One product?
Product Family?
Customization ?
Reuse?
65% outsourced

Flow of influence of decisions


This course

Functions
Architecture
Assemblies
Parts

Evolution of
Market and Technology
7/25/2005

Direct info flow in product dev.

Product design and


development

Class I Intro _04

Fabrication &
Inspection

Assembly
and Test

Follow-on product
reuses arch,
some assemblies,
some parts
Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Distribution

Use
Upgrade
Repair

Disassembly
Reuse Recycle
4

Assemblies are Systems

Assembly is inherently integrative


Assemblies can be designed top-down
Decomposition and interface management are key

Assemblies exhibit non-colocation of cause and


effect
Assemblies also violate a hidden assumption:

big causes have big effects while small causes


have small effects
7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Assemblies are Complex

Hundreds, thousands, tens of thousands of parts

Divided into manageable subassemblies which are

further divided, so that most have 10 - 20 parts

Many versions of the same product based on


different subassemblies or parts:
many opportunities for customization

many chances for error


Im continually amazed that the thing works at
the end of the line.
7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Chain of Delivery of Quality


Shows clearly who delivers what and
how long the chains of delivery are
Image removed for copyright reasons.
Source:
Figure 1-8 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies:
Their Design, Manufacture, and Role in Product Development .
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

PART COUNT: 9
PART SOURCES: 7
TOOL COUNT: 5
TOOL SOURCES: 4
CHECK FIXTURE COUNT: 2
CHECK FIXTURE SOURCES: 2
DISPERSAL INDEX: 81%

Oh, we buy
the radiator
support

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Course Mechanics

Class lectures and discussions Mon & Wed 1:00 -2:30

Textbook at the Coop: Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design,


Manufacture, and Role in Product Development, Oxford
University Press, 2004
Reading and homework assignments on MIT Server

A group project to be done in phases during the term

Homework
6 project reports
4 problem sets
A mid-term and a final project presentation
No quizzes or final exam
Grade formula: 1/3 on homework, 1/3 on project reports, 1/3 on
midterm and final presentation
7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Project Guidelines

Buy a small assembled product costing no more than ~$35


and having 10 to 20 parts
Be sure you can take it apart and put it back together
together

Save the packaging and instructions


SDM students can use a product from work
You will analyze it in detail technically and economically
and design an assembly line
Wednesday Sept 15 hand in a description of what you
bought and names/e-mails of team members
Examples: hand-held power tools, small clocks and timers,
Luxo lamps, small home appliances, toys
Schedule a time to show it to me for an hour ASAP

Hand in Request for Payment to get reimbursed.


7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

10

Electric Drill

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 13-1 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

11

Toy

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 13-10 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

12

Staple Gun

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-30 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

13

Juicer

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-32 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

14

More Mechanics

Sign up on MIT Server.

Join the group called 2.875 Mechanical Assemblyand go


to documents
One page word doc syllabus under Public Files

Class schedule, assignments, and project deliverables


excel file called detailed_schedule under Detailed
Syllabus
Class slides pdf files under Lecture Notes

All class presentations, homework assignments, and other


info will be posted there
Right now, download the word doc under Public Files and
the excel file under Detailed Syllabus
Look at Excel sheets 1, 2, and 3 for detailed outline,
reading assignments and project deliverables
7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

15

Class Schedule -Typical


Tuesday Sept 3 Registration Day

Wednesday Sept 4 Class 1 Introduction,


Logistics, Context, History

Monday Sept 9 Class 2 Assembly in the


Small - Step-by-step process -Assembly
Motions and Forces

Wednesday Sept 11 Class 3 Assembly in the


Small -Rigid part mating theory & RCC

Monday Sept 16 Class 4 Mathematical


models of assemblies, Feature-based
modeling of assemblies

Wednesday Sept 18 Class 5 Constraint in


Assembly-1

Monday Sept 23 Holiday No Class

Wednesday Sept 25 Class 6 Constraint in


Assembly-2

Monday Sept 30 Class 7 Key


Characteristics

Wednesday Oct 2 Class 8 Variation buildup


in assemblies-1

Monday Oct 7 Class 9 Variation buildup in


assemblies-2

Wednesday Oct 9 Class 10 Assembly


sequence analysis, algorithms, and software

Monday Oct 14 Holiday No Class

Wednesday Oct 16 Class 11 The Datum


Flow Chain-1

Monday Oct 21 Class 12 The Datum Flow


Chain-2

Wednesday Oct 23 more DFC

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Assembly
in the small

Assembly
in the large

17

Class Schedule - Typical

Monday Oct 28 Class 13 Assembly


in the Large - basic issues,
economics, step-by-step process

Wednesday Oct 30 Class 14 Product


Architecture, flexibility

Monday Nov 4 Class 15 Design for


Assembly Theory, Examples and
video

Wednesday Nov 6 Class 16 AITL


System Design Issues: Kinds of
assembly lines and equipment,
production volume, cycle times
Class 18

Monday Nov 11 Holiday No Class

Wednesday Nov 13 Class 17 Midterm presentation of student projects


covering first three reports

Monday Nov 18 Class 19 Assembly


in the large: Workstation design
issues

Wednesday Nov 20 Class 20


Assembly System Design Software

Monday Nov 25 Class 21 Discrete


Event Simulation

Wednesday Nov 27 Class 22


Economic analysis of assembly
systems

Monday Dec 2 Class 23


Outsourcing, & supply chain
management

Wednesday Dec 4 Class 24 767


Wing Case Study

Monday Dec 9 Class 25 Student


project presentations
7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

18

Wednesday Sept 18
Problem set on rigid part mating due
Wednesday Sept 25
First project report due:
Completely describe the product

Each report
generates info
for later
reports

Wednesday Oct 2
Problem set on 4x4 matrices due

Wednesday Oct 16
Problem set on tolerances and constraint due
Wednesday Oct 23
Problem set on DFCs due
Wednesday Oct 30 Second project report due: DFC
analysis of your product

Wednesday Nov 13
Third project report due:
Choreograph each assembly step & DFA
Wednesday Nov 20
Fourth project report due:
Design a workstation
Wednesday Nov 27
Fifth project report due:
Create a floor layout

7/25/2005

Wednesday Dec 4 Sixth project report due:


Economic analysis of this layout and Discrete event
simulation

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Project Reports and Homework

Wednesday Sept 11
Student project descriptions due

19

Why is Assembly Important?

Assembly is inherently integrative


brings parts together
brings people, departments, companies together
can be the glue for concurrent engineering

Assembly is where the product comes to life

there arent many one-part products

Assembly is where quality is delivered


quality is delivered by chains of parts, not by any
single most important part

A paradox: assembly is not a big cost element

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

20

Make-Buy Complexity:
Product Development on a Web
A PRODUCT DESIGN
STARTS OUT FROM
ONE POINT
ASSEMBLER/
DESIGNER

ASSEM
S
DESIGN

DE S
IGN

TOOLING
SUPPLIER

PARTS
SUPPLIER

HU
N

7/25/2005

DRE
DS

OR THOU
S AN

Class I Intro _04

ASSEMBLY
SUPPLIER

OLS
BLY TO

PARTS
SUPPLIER

ASSEMBLY
SUPPLIER

NS

SP

IF
C
E

PARTS

TOOLING
SUPPLIER

TI
A
IC

ASS
DE
EM
SIG
BLI
ES
NS

NS

SP
EC
IF
IC
AT
IO

I
BR
A
F

TI
CA

NT

LS
OO

DE

NS

PA
RT
S

FINALASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY IS THE
FINAL
"MOMENT
MOMENT OF
OF TRUTH"
TRUTH FOR
THE ENTIRE PROCESS

G
SI

IT GETS DISPERSED
OVER THE SUPPLY WEB

PARTS
SUPPLIER

ARS
DS OF MILES AND THREE TO TEN YE

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

21

Assembly Links Unit Manufacturing

Processes to Business Processes

Business Context

Production volume
Model mix, variety, customizing
Upgrade, update
Reuse, carryover
Outsourcing

System Level

Subassemblies
Assembly sequences
Assembly quality
Line automation
Line layout
People involvement

Technical Details

Individual part joining


Individual part quality
Part prep, logistics, feeding
Manual vs automatic
Speed, cost

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

23

Example of This Link

Denso makes many kinds of panel meters for Toyota.


Toyota orders different ones in different amounts every day.
Denso designed an assembly family of meters and can
make any quantity of any kind at any time by selecting the
right parts. Assembly interfaces were standardized for all
parts. The result is assembly-driven manufacturing.

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-7 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

24

History and Present Status

Traditional unit processes studied for 150+ years

Assembly studied perhaps 40 years


Most assembly is manual
Most assembly process design is manual
Surge in interest in robot assembly in the 70s
Interest in appropriate technology today

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

25

Need for a Systems Approach

We design parts, we dont design assemblies

We spent all day identifying the reasons why certain


features on certain parts relate to features on other
parts
Tolerances are those little numbers that you have to

put on the drawing before the boss will sign off

You cant have both cosmetic quality and functional

quality (car doors)

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

26

Outline of Requirements-Driven Step-

by-Step Process

Assess business context


managements objectives and constraints
character of the product
Analyze assembly in the small
understand each part, determine risks
recommend redesigns
Analyze assembly in the large
revisit business context
take system view: technical and economic analysis

design processes: assy sequence, line layout, equipment


make final recommendations
7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

27

Manual vs Automated Assembly

People just do it
Machines cant just do it
It was hoped that robots could just do it

Early robot research focused on imitating what


people do in general
behave flexibly
use their senses
react to the unexpected

fix mistakes that should not have occurred in


the first place

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

28

Robotics as a Driver

Robotics raises a number of generic issues:


flexibility vs efficiency
generality vs specificity
responsiveness or adaptation vs preplanning
absorption of uncertainty vs elimination of uncertainty
lack of structure vs structure

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

29

What Happened...

Robots were too slow and too costly

No one knew how to do an economic analysis and


most didnt care at first
People do what they do because of their strengths
and weaknesses - same with robots
The unexpected is not supposed to happen in a
factory - planning for it is not the right attitude
Today there is a place for robots, people, and fixed
automation in assembly
The issue is to decide which is best and how to
prepare the environment
7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

30

Video

Computer-Controlled Assembly
Made at Draper 25 years ago
First convincing lab demo of robot assembly

Illustrates most of the elements of good assembly


analysis

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

31

Sony Video

Compare 20+ years later:


multiple parts feeders at one station
tool changer head
4 - 6 sec operation time per part
It is a complete solution
robot and tool set (VCR and school of VCR)
part tray loader
transport
controllers
Used for cameras, VCRs, Walkmen, disk drives...

7/25/2005

Class I Intro _04

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

32

Assembly Fine Motions

Goals of this class

outline the basic issues of assembly in the small


how to look at and take apart a product
characterize assembly motions
model motions in 3 dimensions
relate motions and forces using vector-matrix models

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Basic Issues in Assembly in the Small

The steps are:

understand each assembly step in detail


do conventional Design for Assembly
identify high risk areas
identify necessary experiments
recommend local design improvements

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Greg Blonder Video (17 min of 1:45)

Talk given at Bell Labs Jan 16, 1990

Has been analyzing precision consumer products


for about 5 years
Takes about a day to analyze each one
Takes apart and analyzes a $100 Canon camera

Classifies ~ 400 parts including 60 screws (!)

Tells what it means to get high assembly yield

Tries to explain it to a high level executive


Discusses shutter and flash subassemblies
He later became a VP of Lucent
Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Understand Each Step

Take the product apart (or use drawings if thats all you have)
Get really familiar with every part and its role in the
assembly (story: Yes, Alex)
Make a structured bill of materials
Draw a picture (2D is OK) of each part
Make an exploded view drawing
Choose any convenient assembly sequence

Study each part mate and draw it, noting each place on

each feature where the parts touch during assembly

Note where the part can be gripped


Note how the part can be fixtured before assembly

Note any problems that could occur


Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Do Conventional DFA

The issues are: (Boothroyd except where noted)


assembling each part feeding/presenting
handling/carrying/getting into position
inserting without damage, collisions, fumbling

reducing part count (driven by local economic analysis)

two adjacent parts of same material?


do they move wrt each other after assembly
is disassembly needed later (use, repair, inspection, upgrade...)
the part is a main function carrier?(Fujitsu)
if not, consider combining them (but see DFA class)
are there too many fasteners? (but see DFA class)

identifying cost drivers (Denso)


Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Identify High Risk Areas

Showstoppers, safety, regulatory issues

Do we understand the process?


Vague instructions: use a small amount, wipe off excess,
check for defects, clean fiber
Tasks only one person can do

Person can do it but can a machine??


Look for part damage, find a part that works better

Unavailability of an otherwise attractive sequence

story: disassembly after balancing

Inability to guarantee a constant task time


Calibration

Typical errors: wrong part, incorrect assembly of a good


part, correct assembly of a bad part
Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Identify Necessary Experiments

Usually address high risk areas


Determine physical feasibility
Determine economic feasibility
Generate metrics for successful assembly and

means for detecting failures on the fly

cycle time

checks for part correctness/presence/placement

avoidance of parts damage


awareness of potential undocumented sources of
trouble

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Recommend Local Design Improvements

These address the high risk areas as well as


physical and economic feasibility
There usually is no strategic or system content in
these kinds of improvements
Assembly in the large addresses such issues

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Keep an Eye Out for Mysteries

Parts or features that dont seem to do anything

Parts that look greatly over- or under-designed

Pay attention to what the fool says

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Hole in Battery-Operated Vac Housing

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 13-13 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

10

Laptop Heat Removal

Heat sink
(CPU invisible)

Fan

Heatpipe
Radiator

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

11

Gateway Laptop, 2002

HEAT PIPE

DVD
CARD
SLOT

HDD

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

ME
MO
RY

CPU
OTHER
STUFF
BATTERY BAY

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

12

Over-designed Part

Images removed due to copyright restrictions. (Photos of hinge mounts and heat pipe laptop parts.)

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

13

Gross and Fine Motions

Assembly alternates between two kinds of

motions:
Gross motions
are fast and do not need high accuracy
basically used for transport
large compared to size of part

Fine motions

need high accuracy

are likely to be slower than gross motions

small compared to size of part


Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

14

Characteristics of Gross and Fine Motions

Parts do not (should not) contact during gross motion

Parts normally contact during fine motion


Fine motion is basically a series of controlled contacts

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

15

Nature of Gross Motions

Errors:

Preplanning:

could happen
they can be seen but
not felt until too late
people use sensors
machines use
preplanning

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

- is rewarded
- errors can be

catastrophic

- low cost to avoid

them
- savings are reaped
many times
- characterized by
structure - an open
loop approach

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

16

Nature of Fine Motions

Errors:

Preplanning:

are unavoidable for


reasonable cost
they can be felt but
not seen
they generate

signals that can be

used to correct them

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

is not rewarded
even tiny errors can
stop some tasks
cost of avoiding
them grows too fast

as their size shrinks

a closed loop
approach is suitable

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

17

Essence of Force Feedback Fine Motions


Make a model of the process, giving forces that
result from various classes of geometric errors
Invert the model so that sensed forces can be used
to estimate the errors
Make up a strategy that generates corrective
motions in response to specific errors
Design a controller that will execute the response
motions without going unstable
motion force motion force etc!
Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

19

Multi-axis Force-Fine Motion Models

Images removed for copyright reasons.


Source:

Figure 9-2 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.

Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development .

New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Typically requires a
matrix relation between
task coordinates X and
command coordinates

x= J
= J 1 x
Typically requires a
matrix relation between
sensed parameters and
responses

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

x = K fF
Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

20

Differential Motion Analysis


2 L

V
1.414 1 L
1

L
2

X direction: = - 0.707 2 L
Y direction: = 1.414 1 L + 0.707 2 L
0

[
[

-0.707 L

J=

]
]

1.414 L 0.707 L

0.707/L 0.707/L

J-1 =

-1.414/L

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

If V=[1,0]T, then =[.707,-1.414]T


2=-2 1 for all joint angles

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

21

Typical Motion-Force Process with

Geometric Errors

Lateral error requires


lateral motion to
correct it
Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Angular error requires


angular motion to
correct it

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

22

Active Force-Motion Strategy

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 9-3 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

23

Closed Loop Force-Motion System


.

x
Original Motion
Modified Motion
J-1

Command
Command

Robot dt

Object Position

KE
KF

Sensor

Actually modeled and analyzed as a sampled time system.


This allows us to single step through history, observing
the dynamics as carefully as we want.
Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

24

Force-Motion Stability
Stability Criterion:
KF KE T < 1

Essentially means that not all the accumulated


contact force can be removed during the next T
see next slide

Problem is made worse by stiff coupling to


environment
Problem is made better by faster sampling, up to a
point
Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

25

The Stability Criterion in Words


K FK E T < 1 (1)

Xi + 1 = Vi T
Fi + 1 = K E Xi + 1
Vi = KF Fi
multiply both sides of (1) by V :
K F(K E ViT ) < Vi
K F Fi + 1 < K FFi
Fi + 1 < Fi

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

26

Motions Made by Choice of KF

Diagonal KF creates damping, nulling feedback

Cross terms in KF turn sensed force into rotation or sensed


torque into translation
Box packing, putting records on turntables, crank-turning

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

27

Some Force Feedback Matrices

R
S
L
Tw
Tn
Tl

Command Reach

Command -Lift
Lift

1
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
100 0
0
0
0
0 100 0
0
0
0
0 100 0
0
0
0
0 100 0
0
0
0
0 100

0
0
0 100
200 100
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

Sweep
R
(L)
Command -Lift

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

moment about reach =


-Flift R sin
moment about sweep =
Flift R cos
Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0 VR
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0

0
VR
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

28

Lateral Error Can Become Angular Error

with Disastrous Results

Class 2 Assy motions 9/7/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

29

DFA

Goals of this class:

DFA03.ppt

Place DFA in context


Learn basic principles of Design for Assembly
Understand background and history
Understand its strong and weak points

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

The Multiplier According to Ford and GM

or: Why Is DFM/DFA Important?

For every product part, there are about 1000

manufacturing equipment parts*

Or, for every toleranced dimension or feature on a


product part, there are about 1000 toleranced
dimensions or features on manufacturing
equipment
Such equipment includes fixtures, transporters,

dies, clamps, robots, machine tool elements, etc

*Note: Fords estimate is 1000, GMs is 1800. Both are informal estimates.
DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

A Few Quotes

Just because you can make something doesnt


mean you can manufacture it.
Its very hard to make cheap [low cost] stuff - you
get buried by your mistakes.
I dont understand why it wont assemble. It
passed inspection.
Word came down that we couldnt use screws. So
we used snap fits. Then word came down that it
had to pass a drop test. So we dropped it and it
fell apart...
DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Goals of DFM/DFA

Historically, conventionally
reduce costs, simplify processes
improve awareness of manufacturing issues during design

More broadly (a goal of this course)


align fabrication and assembly methods to larger goals

ability to automate, systematize, raise quality, be flexible


access to assembly-driven business methods like delayed
commitment
innovative designs, outsourcing (Siemens intake manifold)

Broad view inevitably pushes DFM/DFA earlier into


the product development process where it blends with
architecture (see AITL Basic Issues and Product Architecture
classes)
DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

The Assembly from Heaven*

Can be assembled one-handed by a blind person


wearing a boxing glove
Is stable and self-aligning
Tolerances are loose and forgiving
Few fasteners
Few tools and fixtures
Parts presented in the right orientation

Parts asymmetric for easy feeding


Parts easy to grasp and insert
*Dr Peter Will, ISI
DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

The Assembly from Hell

The opposite in each case from the previous slide

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

History of DFA

Deep background in Group Technology


Coding and classification schemes

European design tradition


Value Engineering
each part must be justified

Boothroyd

part feeding physics - 1960s


part handling and insertion experiments- 1970s
assertion that assembly cost = 30 - 50% of manufacturing cost
DFA methodology and software - 1970s-80s
switch to assertion that parts are the main cost and fewer parts
= less cost, even if those parts are more complex

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Sample Cost Breakdowns

VCRs: 90% parts, 5% labor

Car engines: 75% parts, 7% labor, 7% capital, 7%


consumables*
Mini computers: 65% parts, 25% labor
Fighter planes: 50% parts and tooling, 40% labor

Most of the above are pretty crude estimates because, for

the most part, companies do not really know their costs

Also, data look different depending on whether labor


component of purchased items is visible or not (See class
on Economic Analysis)
*Data from 27 engine lines, International Motor Vehicle Program

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Characteristics of Traditional DFA

Uses an easy to understand metrics-driven approach (metrics


story about demurrage)

Uses a relative cost and time metric


DFA in the small simplifies each assembly step



single parts
manual assembly
small parts
uses many context-free metrics to assess difficulty levels of
feeding and handling

DFA in the large emphasizes part count reduction


It is essentially another force in product architecture
Advanced plastics make part count reduction more attractive

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

Traditional DFA

The issues are: (Boothroyd except where noted)


assembling each part -estimating and reducing time

feeding/presenting
handling/carrying/getting into position (Sony exploded views)
inserting without damage, collisions, fumbling

reducing part count (originally driven by local economic


analysis, now driven by part cost itself)

two adjacent parts of same material?


do they move wrt each other after assembly
is disassembly needed later (use, repair, inspection, upgrade...)
is the part a main function carrier?(Fujitsu, Lucas, (Pahl & Beitz))
if not, consider combining them (but see Architecture class)
are there too many fasteners?

- identifying cost drivers (Denso)

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

12

How to Do Traditional DFA

Make a structured bill of materials


Identify every part mate and understand it
Choose a reasonable assembly sequence
Use the tables to estimate handling and mating times
Label theoretically necessary parts, excluding all fasteners

Calculate
assembly efficiency =

3* # of theoretically needed parts


total predicted assembly time

This ranges from 5% for kludges to 30% for good designs

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

DFA Spreadsheet

On SoanSpace there is a folder called DFA


Software
In it is DFA.xls with the handling and insertion
data from the previous two slides
Enter your code numbers and labor rate ($/sec)

and the sheet will calculate times and costs

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

DFA Spreadsheet

Cost per sec


Type cost
$0.04
Boothroyd-Dewhurst Data
Used in book by perm ission
Handling Code
Time, sec
1.13
0
1.43
1
1.69
2
1.84
3
2.17
4
2.45
5
1.5
10
1.8
11
2.06
12

DFA03.ppt

per second in cell B2


Type handling codes in column E
If you type a non-ex istent code, the value will be #N/A
Don't change values in yellow cells
Product handling codes
Product handling time values
1.13
0
71
#N/A
11
1.8
15
3
11
1.8
1.13
0
1.13
1.13
1.13

11/2/2004

Type insertion codes in column K

Handling Cost Product Insertion codes


$0.05
1
#N/A
11
$0.07
10
$0.12
11
$0.07
11
$0.05
33

Daniel E Whitney

Product insertion times


3
5.2
3.7
5.2
5.2
#N/A
1.5
1.5
1.5

Insertion Cost Total time


$0.12
2.13
$0.21
#N/A
$0.15
11.8
$0.21
14
$0.21
12.8
#N/A
34.13

17

Make Each Step Easier

Add chamfers and lead-ins


Make the assembly point visible and reachable

Design parts so that they do not tangle


Make assembly happen from above
Design the product to assemble in layers
Make the parts easy to assemble the right way

Symmetric if orientation does not matter


Obviously asymmetric if orientation matters

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Heavy Duty Staple Gun

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-25 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assembly efficiency = 17% before improvements


= 25% after improvements
= 30% with some functional risk
DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

19

Low Cost Staple Gun

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-30 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assembly efficiency = 31%

Contains many of the suggested improvements

But is it a better staple gun?

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Part Count Tradeoffs

PARTS CONSOLIDATION:
FEWER PARTS AND LESS
FASTENING

ONE PART PER


FUNCTION
MANY
SIMPLE
PARTS

FEWER BUT
MORE COMPLEX
PARTS

LOTS OF
INTERFACES
IN ASSEMBLY

MORE FUNCTION
SHARING

EXTRA WEIGHT,
EXTRA FAULT
OPPORTUNITIES

PARTS TAKE
LONGER TO
DESIGN AND
PROTOTYPE

EXTRA CHANCES
FOR ERRORS
LOTS OF

LOGISTICS,

FAB ACTIVITY,

& ASSY ACTIVITY

EXTRA
"SUPPORT"
COST

MORE ACTIVITY
DURING FAB,
LESS DURING
ASSEMBLY
PARTS COST
MORE

FLEXIBILITY
IS POSSIBLE
DURING
ASSEMBLY

FEWER OPPORTUNITIES
FOR ON-LINE FLEXIBILITY

QUALITY IS
CREATED
DURING
ASSEMBLY

QUALITY CREATED
DURING FAB

PART COUNT TRADEOFFS

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

21

A Few Conceptual Questions

Whats a base part?

remember the alternator - the nut is the base in the


only assembly sequence family that achieves assembly
without reorientation
different types of product structure exist (Arch. class)

What do you mean difficult?


for manual assembly, Boothroyd has some time-based
data (originally derived from grad students)

Why avoid screws?


25 years agos reasons may not apply any more
see Blonder video

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Manual vs Automatic Assembly DFA

Whats easy for a person


reorienting the assembly
quickly eyeballing the part (story about bad filament)

Whats easy for a machine


picking up little parts
using tools that are like tweezers

Part jams occur most often in feeder tracks


Denso: perfect parts dont jam!

A different balance between gross motion and fine


motion times
Different ways of inspecting

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

23

Complex Molded Part

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-11 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

24

Home Hot Water System Family Parts

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-14 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Poschmann AG

25

Melt-Core Technology for Water Heater Parts

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-15 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Poschmann AG

26

Regression Model for Mold Cost and

Time

$Cost = 22500 + .82*Size, cc + 30*#Dimensions

+ 2940*#Actuators + 7630*High finish + 5470*


High tolerance (R2 = 0.911)
Time (weeks) = 13 +0.000055*Size +
0.007*#Dimensions (R2 = 0.7)

Ref A. Fagade and D. Kazmer, Optimal Component Consolidation in Plastic Product Design,

Boothroyds model includes a complexity factor


1. 24
that drives cost C = (number of features)
ASME DETC/DFM-8921, 1999.

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Questions of Scope

When can DFA be applied?

When should DFA be applied? When is DFA not


the right approach?
What information is needed before DFA can be
applied?
What should the designers priorities be?

Can/should DFA be separated from the rest of


product design?
DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

Development Time Not Critical

Development Time Critical

DFM-DFA Strategies

Low Lifetime Production Volume

High Lifetime Production Volume

Example Products:

High performance computers

Telecommunications equipment

DFM Strategy:

Avoid long lead time tooling

Use standard components

Minimize production risk

Example Products:
Notebook computers, Toys
DFM Strategy:
Minimize complexity of most
complex part
For complex parts, use processes
with fast tool fab
Apply traditional DFM to less
time-critical parts

Example Products:
Machine tools
Electrical distribution equipment
DFM Strategy:
Avoid expensive tooling
Use standard components
Other issues likely to dominate

Example Products:
Blank videocassettes
Circuit breakers
DFM Strategy:
Use traditional DFM-DFA
Combine and integrate parts
Consider automatic assembly

Source: Ulrich, Sartorius, Pearson, Jakiela, DFM Decision-making, Mgt Sci, v 39 no 4, Apr 1993.
DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

The Pneumatic Piston Redesign*

Was the original function completely understood?

Was it preserved in the redesign?

*Product Design for Assembly by Boothroyd and Dewhurst, workbook 1991

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

30

The Water Pump Redesign

What are the differences between the old and new


designs?
from the POV of product function
from the POV of assembly

What are we looking at in this example?

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

Redford-Chal Pump Redesign

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-16 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

DFA at Sony

Applied to products like Handicams


Our designers take assembly into account early.

Method:
concept designs are sketched in exploded views
each concept is subjected to DFA analysis and scored
concept selection criteria include DFA score

A Sony engineer made a complete exploded view


drawing of a Polaroid camera in 20 minutes!
DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

34

Sony Walkman II Mechanism

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 14-15 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

35

Sony Exploded View

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-7 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

36

Hitachi Assembly Reliability Evaluation

Method

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-5 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Source: Hitachi; Suzuki, Ohashi, Asano, and Miyakawa


DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

38

Design for Recycling and Reuse

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 15-18 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Source: Kanai, Sasaki, and Kishinami


DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

39

Web Sites from Google

http://www.intel.com/design/quality/pcdesign/assembly.htm
http://www.engineer.gvsu.edu/vac/ (class notes)
http://www.dfma.com/ (Boothroyd-Dewhurst company)
http://www.johnstark.com/pb18.html (a list of books)
http://www.munroassoc.com/design.htm (consulting, training)

DFA03.ppt

11/2/2004

Daniel E Whitney

40

Flexible Manufacturing Systems

Goals of this class:


Understand goals of FMS
Place FMS in context of manufacturing
Understand the history
Take some lessons about appropriate technology

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Background

Batch production - since the Egyptians?


Mass production - 1880-1960
Flexible production - ?
Lean production - since 1970?

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

More Background

Manually operated machine tools since 1700s

Roger Woodbury History of the Milling Machine,


1960

Steam and electric powered machines since 1820s

Computer-controlled machines since 1960s


Manufacturing systems awareness since Henry
Ford or arguably much earlier

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Computers and Manufacturing

Numerical control of machine tools R&D at MIT,


1950s - see photo gallery along corridor
From WW II gun servos
Early 1950s Air Force SAGE system

Computer-aided design R&D at MIT in the 1960s

If the computer can guide the tool, then it can hold part
shape in its memory

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Results of MIT NC Project

Air Force funding aimed the project at complex parts


requiring 5 axis machining
MITs response included complex implementation and
abstract programming language
Simple record playback solution rejected

Useful output mainly benefited the defense industry and

had little to offer small business with 2D or 2.5D needs

Story documented (with exaggerated Marxist


interpretation) by David Noble in Forces of Production,
Oxford Univ Press, 1986
Market gap in small business making simple parts not
filled for 2 decades
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Numerical Control Technology

Initially one computer for each machine

Computer programmed in APT (Automatically

Programmed Tool), a language like LOGO

By the 1970s, a central computer controlled many


machines - DNC (direct numerical control)
By the 1980s each machine had its own computer,

possibly loaded with instructions from a central

computer - CNC (computer numerical control)

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Job Shops and Flow Lines

Ford style flow lines utilize equipment at a high level but


are inflexible and costly



Big initial investment requires years to pay back


Dedicated to one part or a very limited family
At risk if the part is no longer needed
One failure stops the whole line

Job shops are flexible but utilization is low



Some asserted that utilization is as low as 5%


Machines time is lost due to setups made on the machine
Parts time is lost due to complex routing and queuing

Big WIP

Flexibility can be defined several ways, including


Different part mix
Different production rate of existing parts
Different machines or routing if one breaks
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Past Approaches to Utilization

Improvement

Faster changeover AKA SMED

Reduction of setups
Standardization
Use of same setup for several parts

Same setup: Group Technology

Classify parts and code them


Design generic tooling, fixtures, and processes for each
class of part
Ignore the differences that do not matter
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Ungrouped and Grouped Parts

Images removed due to copyright restrictions.

www.strategosinc.com/ group_technology.htm
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

A Misplaced Effort: Adaptive Control

Adaptive control speeds up a cutting process by


adjusting the feed and speed corresponding to
material hardness and cutter sharpness
Without adaptive control the feed and speed have
to be reduced to avoid random hard spots breaking
the cutting tool
But speeding up the cutting process just makes the
machine finish sooner and makes the utilization
gap even more obvious
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

10

The Flexible Manufacturing System Idea

This idea sprang up in several places at once in the mid 1960s

The basic idea was a computer-controlled job shop with flow


line characteristics
Group technology still important - system aimed at one kind of

part, such as prismatic < 2 ft sq, or rotational < 6 diameter

Computers perform scheduling, routing, and detailed cutter


path control
Pioneering developments by Molins (UK), Cincinnati
Milacron and Kearney&Trecker (US), Gildemeister in W.
Germany, Fritz Heckert Werkzeugmachinenkombinat in E.
Germany
Dueling patents between Molins and Milacron (Molins won)

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

11

Volume and Variety - The Claimed Niche

Volume (parts/hour)
Fixed automation
Sets of special machines

FMS
Cells

Job shop

Variety (number of kinds of parts)


11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

12

Early Customers and Partners

Molins made cigarette-making machines

Milacron partnered with Ford to make engine

blocks in small quantities and many variants

Gildemeister partnered with Heidelberg


Druckmachinen to make printing presses
Fritz Heckert made machine tools and partnered
with its own internal business to make simple
Bridgeport-style milling machines
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

13

Typical Big NC Machine

Images removed due to copyright restrictions.

http://www.hildebrandmachinery.com
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

16

Political/Historical Context

Context overlays the technological revolution

Challenge to US manufacturing from overseas, particularly


Japan - several national big projects in IT and
manufacturing in the 70s and 80s
Defense mentality in politics and government-funded
research
Crisis approach to introducing FMS technology to get
government and industry involved in supporting
development
Some hype

75% of all US manufacturing occurs in batches of 50 or


less, a fact still quoted 40 years later
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

17

Claimed FMS Capabilities

Efficiency (high machine utilization based on offline setup using optical comparators)
Flexibility (could be reprogrammed for different
parts)
Capability (could process parts requiring many
operations from many machines)
Scope (could make many different kinds of parts)

Automation (could be programmed remotely and


operated without people)
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

18

Requirements to Support Claims

Rapid programming
Ability to set up tools and parts off line

Ability to place parts and tools on machines accurately


with respect to machines coordinate system so that parts,
tools, machine and NC program all align
In general, these were achieved
Effective scheduling and sequencing of work

High reliability and uptime


In general, these turned out to be unanticipated and proved
to be serious impediments
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

20

Early FMS Implementations - 1970s

These were big systems with big machines

Several architectures were tried


Vendors did not understand system architecture
implications or control issues
Only Milacron had both hardware and software
capability
Technical University of Stuttgart did software and
system integration for Gildemeister - observed by
Whitney in April, 1976
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

21

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Molins FMS Patent

Content removed due to copyright restrictions.


Please see:
Williamson. Automated machine tool installation with storage means.
US Patent #4,369,563. Filed: October 29, 1970. Issued: January 25, 1983.

22

Please see:
Perry, et al. Machine tool.
US Patent #4,309,600. Filed July 5, 1979. Issued January 5, 1982.

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Milacron FMS

Patent

Content removed due to copyright restrictions.

23

Milacron Circumferential System

Content removed due to copyright restrictions.


Please see:
Fig 1. Perry, et al. Machine tool.
US Patent #4,309,600. Filed July 5, 1979. Issued January 5, 1982.

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

24

Tool Changing and Accurate Location of

Tools on Machine

Content removed due to copyright restrictions.


Please see:
Fig 8. Perry, et al. Machine tool.
US Patent #4,309,600. Filed July 5, 1979. Issued January 5, 1982.

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

25

Accurate Coupling of Pallet to Machine

Content removed due to copyright restrictions.


Please see:
Fig 15. Perry, et al. Machine tool.
US Patent #4,309,600. Filed July 5, 1979. Issued January 5, 1982.

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

26

Control Architecture

Content removed due to copyright restrictions.


Please see:
Fig 20. Perry, et al. Machine tool.
US Patent #4,309,600. Filed July 5, 1979. Issued January 5, 1982.

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

27

Elements of a Process Plan for a Part

Features to be machined
Approach directions needed

Rough and fine cuts needed to achieve required


tolerances and surface finishes
Sequence of cuts
Cutting time (feeds and speeds)
Required tools (kind, shape, size)

Required machine(s) (dof, strength or stiffness,


range of motion)
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

28

Elements of a Shifts Work

Get all the parts made


Keep all the machines busy
Get the needed tools to the machines

Get finished parts out and waiting parts into the


machines quickly
Plan the allocation of parts to machines over time

Replan when a machine breaks or someone wants


a special part made
We installed the FMS to stop the red telephone
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

29

Successful Architecture

Ingersoll-Rand system build by Sunstrand; their


first FMS
A loop architecture with traveling pallets

One piece in-queue and one piece out-queue at


each machine
The system basically ran itself

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

30

I-R System

Machines (6 total)

Conveyor Loop
Load/unload area
Palletizing
Tool setting
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

31

An Unsuccessful Architecture

In-line system for Caterpillar built by Sunstrand,


their next one after the I-R system
12 machines in a line
Two handling carriers on a single rail

Each carrier could hold one part


No in- or out-queues, eliminated (@$75K each) to
save money
No idea what operational problems this would
cause
Gave Prof Richard Wysk his PhD in 1977
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

34

Caterpillar FMS ~ 1976

Machines

Loa d/Unloa d
Area

Ma chine s

Workpieces
Tra ns porters
Two one-arm paper hangers sharing the same crutch

11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

35

What Happened

Early systems were too complex and too flexible

Too many kinds of parts were tried on one system

Too many operations were tried on one system


Too many tools were needed (approx 10 per part
at any one station)
Problem of scheduling and dispatching tools was
not anticipated
Parts could not be inserted randomly but had to be
batched - required complex software and
optimization algorithms - called production
smoothing or load leveling today
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

36

PRISMA

East German system built between 1969 and 1974

Highly touted by Milacrons chief marketer


Visited by Nevins and Whitney April, 1976
Porous partly machined parts on the floor
Almost no raw castings at the input
Stacks of finished parts at the output
General Mgr: What do you think?
Nevins: Very impressive. Do you plan to make
any more?
G. M: No!
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

37

What Happened - 2

Systems were too expensive


Systems did not achieve claimed productivity

Sufficient reliability was not achieved until


Japanese applied their methods in the 1980s and
90s
High reliability -> lights out operation -> high
productivity
Typical FMS applications today are simple and
have 3 to 5 machines doing a few operations on a
few kinds of parts
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

43

Sheet Metal Bending System

Images removed due to copyright restrictions.

www.mt-muratec.com/ eg/p/fms/fms_yuatu.html
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

45

Yamazaki Mazak

Built lights-out factory in mid 1980s to make its products


(machine tools) - visited by Whitney in1991
Addressed tool proliferation with given tool method

Addressed system complexity by breaking up factory into


many simple cells having identical tasks, identical
machines, and identical tool sets
Addressed reliability, in part, by reducing cutter depth and
speed at night, eliminating tool breakage, the main failure
preventing lights-out operation
American customers want 120-tool capacity in their tool
carousels - ha ha. Japanese companies are happy with 60.
Some of this documented by the late Prof Jai Jaikumar of
HBS in cases on Yamazaki
11/24/2004 FMS

http://www.mazak.jp/english/

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

46

Fanuc

Originally a motor company


Built NC machine in 1956!
Developed NC technology in 1960s and 70s

Started building robots in the 1970s


Applied robot controllers to simple CNC machines in late
1970s with low cost bubble memory and simple graphical
controls for programming and simulating and monitoring
operations
Drove US NC controls makers (GE, Honeywell, A-B) out
of the market
Addressed needs of small manufacturers and simple
machines for the first time
Fanuc is still important in the controller and robot markets
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

http://www.fanuc.co.jp/en/profile/index.htm

48

Reconfigurable Manufacturing Systems

Japanese demonstrator system in the 1970s


included reconfigurable machine tools
Current research looks at entirely reconfigurable
systems consisting of reconfigurable machines and
transport systems (see U of MI RFMS Center)
Advances in machine design techniques are
included
Economic analysis includes system life cycle(s)
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

49

Current Status

FMS is a niche technology, not the savior of US


manufacturing
It is effective when applied judiciously with
limited aims, complexity, and scope
This is in spite of Jaikumars paper PostIndustrial Manufacturing, HBR NovemberDecember 1986, which claimed that US firms
made less flexible use of FMS than Japanese
firms, and that this was bad for US manufacturing
11/24/2004 FMS

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

50

Rigid Part Mating

Goals of this class


understand the phases of a typical part mate
determine the basic scaling laws
understand basic physics of part mating for simple
geometries
relate forces and motions arising from geometric errors

compare logic branching and direct error-feedback part


mating strategies

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

Basic Bandwidth Issues and Time-Mass-

Distance Scaling Laws

Torque required to move a mass M at the end of an

arm of length L in time T is proportional to

M L2/T2

This implies that really fast motions must be really


small or use a small arm with small mass
I estimated
my hands mass = 250g, effective length = 10cm
my arm + hands mass = 1700g, effective length = 35 cm
ratio arm:hand of ML2 = T2 = 85

Dont forget: arm mass+payload mass=M


rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

Main Phases of a Part Mating Event

contact
force

Approach

rigid part mating

Chamfer
Crossing

9/13/2004

One-point
Contact

Daniel E Whitney 2000

Two-point
Contact

Line
Contact

Required Bandwidth for Chamfer Crossing


lateral motion
E

0.5E
E/2

time
E/2V
0.5E/V

10E/V

20E/V
T

Fourier coefficient = 2 T / (n2 2 ) sin (2 n /T)


T = 20 E / V; = E / 2 V; T / = 40
Period = 2 = T=20E/V
= V /10 E
f = V / 20 E
If V = 10 in/s and E = 0.05", f = 10 Hz
If 5th harmonic must be adhered to, bandwidth needed = 50Hz
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

Trapezoidal Wave Harmonics

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 9-7 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

Conclusions

Gross motions can be (must be) done by large


arms that necessarily will move slowly
No robot arm with practical reach can make fine
motion error removal adjustments at 50 Hz
Fine motions can be fast if they are done by small
arms, and must be fast to absorb typical errors at
economical speeds
Big tasks with big parts will take a long time

compared to small tasks with small parts

What we see: small parts cycle times are ~5s while


big parts cycle times are ~ 60s.
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

Essentials of Part Mating Theory for

Fine Motions

Quasi-static assumption
Geometry of pegs and holes
Applied forces
Normal reaction forces and friction reaction forces

Entry geometry limits


Wedging conditions
Jamming conditions
Alternate strategies for accomplishing fine motion

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

The Basic Idea

In gross motions, it pays to pre-plan to prevent


errors
In fine motion, it does not pay to try to prevent
errors
So the principle is to anticipate errors and figure
out how to make assembly happen anyway
This requires us to understand three factors:
Geometry
Compliance
Friction
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

Geometry of Peg-Hole Mates


10

l/ D

=
c/

l /d = c /

C = 0.1
C = 0.01

ll /D

2 C

TYPICAL MACHINED
PARTS

C = 0.001

m = 2c

EA
CH

0.1
C = 0.0001

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 10-15 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.

0.01
0.001

Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,


and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

FO

PRECISION
PARTS

0.01

0.1

1.0

RADIANS

Dimensioning Practice

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 10-16 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

10

Geometry Definitions

Insertion Direction

c = (D-d)/D

R
D
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

11

Insertion History

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

12

Insertion History

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

13

Insertion History

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

14

Insertion History

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

15

Insertion History

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

16

Insertion History

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

17

Insertion History

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

18

Insertion History

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

19

Life Cycle of a Part Mate

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 10-12 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

20

Model of a Compliant Support

Images removed for copyright reasons.


Source:
Figure 10-10 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.
Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

All support is assumed


concentrated at one point
and consists of one
lateral stiffness and one
angular stiffness

21

How Compliance Center Reacts to Force

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 10-11 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Force away from


C. C. causes rotation
and translation
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Force on C. C. causes only translation

Daniel E Whitney 2000

22

Forces and Moments - Two Point

Contact Case

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 10-18 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

All applied and reaction


forces are expressed
in coordinates at pegs tip
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

23

Forces Applied During Two-point Contact


K

When Lg >> 0

When Lg ~ 0

Lg

Big

Small

Big
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

24

Making Lg Small is Good

How to do it?
Active Robot Force Feedback

Costly

Slow

Some way that acts by itself


It was invented almost 30 years ago
Called Remote Center Compliance
Reduces assembly force
Avoids one of two main failure modes

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

25

INSERTION FORCE Fz, NEWTONS

TWO-POINT
CONTACT
ONE-POINT
CONTACT

l1

l2

Insertion Force History

CHAMFER CROSSING

l*

INSERTION DEPTH l, mm
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

26

Assembly Failure Modes

Both occur during two-point contact

Wedging sets up compressive forces inside the


parts
Jamming results from incorrect insertion forces

We can derive the requirements to avoid both of


these failure modes

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

27

Wedging: Compressive Friction Forces

Prevent Insertion Regardless of Insertion

Force

== t an

-1

== t an

-1

f2
f

rigid part mating

l - d

Wedging can happen if > c/


when two-point contact occurs
9/13/2004

f2
1

l - d

Wedging can be avoided if is small


enough or if two-point contact occurs
deep enough in the hole

Daniel E Whitney 2000

28

Whats a Friction Cone?


F

Friction cone
= tan-1
FN

FT
FN
Sliding will occur if FT > FN
FT /FN = tan
So, sliding will occur if tan >
and F will lie on the boundary
of the cone
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

If F is inside the cone


then sliding will not happen
because FT < FN
and F can be any value
29

Conditions for Avoiding Wedging

S =

Lg
2

L g + K / Kx

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 10-20 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

30

Jamming: Insertion Force Directed the

Wrong Way - Cant Overcome Friction

COMPONENT NORMAL TO PEG AXIS


COMPONENT
PARALLEL TO
PEG AXIS

INSERTION
FORCE

COMPONENT NORMAL TO PEG AXIS

FRICTION
CORRESP.
TO NORMAL
COMPONENT

COMPONENT
PARALLEL TO
PEG AXIS

INSERTION
FORCE

REACTION
TO NORMAL
COMPONENT

Component of

Insertion force

Along insertion direction

Not big enough:

Peg Is Jammed

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

Component of
Insertion force
Along insertion direction
Is big enough:
Peg Goes In
31

Conditions for Avoiding Jamming

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 10-21 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

32

Jamming Examples

COMPONENT NORMAL TO PEG AXIS


COMPONENT
PARALLEL TO
PEG AXIS

INSERTION
FORCE

COMPONENT NORMAL TO PEG AXIS

FRICTION
CORRESP.
TO NORMAL
COMPONENT

COMPONENT
PARALLEL TO
PEG AXIS

REACTION
TO NORMAL
COMPONENT

Fz

Fz
Fx/Fz is small.
M/rFz is small.

Fx/Fz is big.
M/rFz is big.
9/13/2004

M
Fx

Fx

rigid part mating

INSERTION
FORCE

Daniel E Whitney 2000

33

Target Expands as Depth Increases

M
rF

This point moves


As increases

= 2r

2+1

1/

-1

1/

x
z

-( 2+1 )

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

This point moves


As increases
34

Experimental Data

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

35

Experimental Data -2

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

36

Test Your Understanding

Why does insertion force rise and then fall during


two-point contact?

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

37

Experimental Data - 3

When
WhenLLgg==00
there
thereisisbarely
barely
any
anyinsertion
insertionforce.
force.
All
Allthats
thatsleft
leftisis
chamfer
chamfercrossing
crossing
force.
force.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

38

Test Your Understanding Again

Why does the insertion force not rise after


chamfer-crossing is finished?

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

39

Review of Force Feedback Strategy

Create a coordinate frame at the working point


of the part or tool
Separate lateral and angular sensing and response
motions in that frame
Devise a response strategy

The Remote Center Compliance is a purely


passive implementation of one such strategy

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

40

Simplified Explanation of the Remote

Center Compliance (RCC)

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 9-8 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

41

RCC Response to External Loads

(d) RCC UNDER


LATERAL LOAD
rigid part mating

(e) RCC UNDER


ANGULAR LOAD
9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

(f) LINKAGE
RCC UNDER LATERAL
AND ANGULAR
DEFORMATION
42

(d) RCC UNDER


LATERAL LOAD

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

43

(d) RCC UNDER


LATERAL LOAD

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

44

(e) RCC UNDER


ANGULAR LOAD
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

45

(e) RCC UNDER


ANGULAR LOAD
rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

46

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

First RCC Experiment - 1

r = 3
Angular Error

47
Daniel E Whitney 2000

First RCC Experiment - 2

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

48

Commercial Remote Center Compliances

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 9-9 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

49

rigid part mating

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

50

Assembly is a matter of geometry


Geometry contains errors
in parts
in equipment

But they are small


and usually obscured

Collisions
contain info
Collisions +
stiffness matrix
= force signals

Small stiffness

small signals and

oscillations and

position uncertainty

But: friction limits


the available information
in force data

Large stiffness
large signals but
possible instability

Active force feedback

Passive accommodation (incl small stiffness)


Will be stable

Can be smart
can be unstable

can be "strange"
can be slow

Engineered
Will avoid jamming

Accidental,

contextual
May not avoid jamming

With sensors IRCC Without sensors RCC

basically Lyapunov stable

taxonomy of fine motions

rigid part mating

Costs too much

Detect errors directly

by sensing them

geometrically

Detect errors indirectly


by sensing collisions

Collisions
are bad

Taxonomy

of Fine

Motions

Seek perfection

Accept errors

Ignore errors
(Matt Mason
approach)

9/13/2004

Daniel E Whitney 2000

51

Math and Feature Models of Assemblies

Start of series of 5 classes on math/CAD models

basic matrix representations and Feature-based Design


constraint

variation

assembly sequence analysis


Datum Flow Chain

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Objectives of Assembly Modeling

Provide a computer environment that permits topdown design of assemblies with a persistent database
that captures the assembly as an assembly
Should link to geometry creation (CAD, rulegenerated)
Should permit specification of Key Characteristics,
constraints on location, datums and locators, and
variation analysis for KCs using the assembly model
Should permit assembly planning, vendor interfaces,
ramp-up, and production support
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Top-down and Bottom-up Design

Top-down defines an assembly in this order:

major customer deliverables


chains of delivery through possible parts
main part mates and necessary features
detailed part geometry

Bottom-up defines
the same things but in the reverse order
requires having some idea of final assembly layout first

Top-down used to be the only way before CAD


CAD seems to encourage bottom-up
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Sketch of Top-Down Assembly Design

PKC

Pylon
6
PKC

Door

DFC

5
Inlet

Relating KCs to Chains

Concept
Design

Engine

Selected concept
Architecture
Integration risk
Key dimensions

Datum Flow Chain

Featurized
DFC

Location
Responsibility
Dimensional
Control
Constraint (6 DoF)

Parts placed
in DFC with
features

Detail
design

Variation
Tooling
Constraints
Assy Models
top-down assy process

9/16/2004

Assembly
Sequences

Daniel E Whitney

Assembly
Processes

Goals of this Class

Review basic math that relates adjacent coordinate


frames
Model assemblies as chains of frames
Attach these frames to mating features
Introduce feature based design for assembly

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Basic Math

Uses 4x4 matrices to relate adjacent frames

Permits chaining together of parts


same math is used to describe robots

The matrix contains a rotational part and a


translational part
The matrix is designed to translate first and then
rotate so that rotation does not change position of
new frame
This matrix is a subset of a more general
projection matrix that includes perspective
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

History of this Representation

Basic to Kinematics (Denavit & Hartenberg)


Used to model assemblies in 1970s:
S N Simunovic Masters Thesis, MIT, 1972
Edinburgh University AI Lab robot assembly 1976

Used by CAD researchers


Steve Coons, 1960s
Gossard and others, 1980s

Used by CAD systems to locate surfaces wrt each


other
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

AXIS "A"

AXIS "B"
HAMMER
HANDLE

CARRIER
PIN

CRIMPER

RIVET
ANVIL

HAMMER

HANDLE

STAPLE
CARRIER

"Y" DIRECTION

PIN

Stapler

TOP VIEW

"Z" DIRECTION

STAPLES

SIDE VIEW
CRIMPER

RIVET

ANVIL

BASE

"X" DIRECTION

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Stapler Frames and KCs

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-5 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Frames and Chains

By following the arrows, you can travel from


frame to frame
On the previous slide, the anvil was chosen as the
origin part, and the anvil-pin joint on the anvil was
chosen as the location of the origin frame.
All arrows go out from the origin frame

You can travel from one end of a KC to the other


by moving from frame to frame along the arrows,
sometimes in arrow direction and sometimes in
reverse
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Basic Translation and Rotation

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-6 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Translate first, then rotate


Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

Basic 4x4 Transform

R p
1
R

p
R
T= T
T = T
0 1
0
1
r11 r 12 r13

r21 r 22 r23

T =
r31 r 32 r33
0 0 0
Assy Models

9/16/2004

p
x
py
p
z
1

All the information about


location (position and
orientation) is inside the
matrix

Daniel E Whitney

12

Basic Rotation Matrices


0
1

0 cos.

Rot(x,. ) =
0 sin .

0
0

cos

Rot(y, ) =
sin

0
sin.
cos.
0

9/16/2004

Z1

Zo

.
Xo X 1

0 sin 0

1
0
0
0 cos 0

0
0
1

cos sin
sin cos
Rot(z, ) =
0
0

0
0
Assy Models

0
0

Z1

Y1
Yo

. is in radians
Zo

Yo
Y1
Xo X
1

0 0
0 0
1 0

0 1

Daniel E Whitney

Zo

Z1

Y1
Yo

Xo

X1

No translation 13

Basic Translation Matrix


No rotation
1

trans(x, y,z) =
0

1 0 y

0 1 z

0 0 1

0 0

This and the three basic rotation matrices


are matlab .m files on MIT Server that you can use
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

Composite Transforms

T02 = T01 T12


2

R01 p01 R12 p12


=
T02 = T
T
0 1
0 1

R01 R12 R01 p12+p01


T
0
1

Assy Models

T02
p01

p12

1
T01

TT0101locates
locatesframe
frame11in
inframe
frame00coordinates
coordinates
TT12 locates
frame 2 in frame 1 coordinates
12 locates frame 2 in frame 1 coordinates
TT
locates frame
22in
frame
00coordinates
02
frame
in
frame
coordinates
9/16/2004
02 locates
Daniel E Whitney

R12

T12

R01

15

Transform Order is Important

TAB = TA TB . TBA = TB TA

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

More About Transform Order

Ti +1 works on new axes created by Ti

T1 n = T01T12 ...T(n 1) n

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Nominal Mating of Parts

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-17 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Example

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-21 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.


Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development. New York, NY:
Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Coordinate Frames
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

>> TAB = trans (3,0,4)

TAB

1
0
=
0

0 0 3

1 0 0

0
1 4

0 0 1

MATLAB(TM) Code
19

Front, Top, and Side Views

Top

Other
Side

Front

Side

Bottom
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Another Example

>> TAC = TAB roty ( dtr (90))


Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-22 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.


Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development. New York, NY:
Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

TAC

0
0
=
1

0 1 3
1 0 0
0 0 4

0 0 1

function degtorad = dtr(theta)


% Converts degrees to radians
degtorad=theta*pi/180;
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

21

Example Feature on Part

Images removed for copyright reasons.


Source:
Figure 3-23 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.
Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development. New York, NY:
Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

>> TAD = trans (3, 2,4)roty (dtr (90))

TAD

0
0
=
1

0 1
1 0
0 0
0 0

3
2
4

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Feature on Second Part

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-24 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.


Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

>> TEF = trans (6,0,1)


1 0 0 6
0 1 0 0

TEF =

0 0 1 1

0 0 0 1

23

Assembling These Parts

>> TDE = rotz (dtr (180))


1 0 0
0 1 0
TDE =
0 0 1

0 0 0
>> TAF = TAD TDE TEF

Image removed for copyright reasons.


Source:
Figure 3-25 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.
Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

TAF

0
0
0

0 0 1 4

0 1 0 2

=
1 0 0 10

0 0 0 1

4x4_examples copy

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

24

Varied Part Location Due to Tolerances

AF

TFB'

T AB'

B'

TBB'

The varied location of Part B can be calculated


from the nominal location of Part A. This process
can be chained to Part C, etc., including errors on
Part B. It uses the same math as the nominal model.
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

25

Equations for Connective Models


Nominal
Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-19 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Varied

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-20 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

26

A Hierarchy of Assembly Models

Bill of materials - lists the parts in no particular order

Structured BOM - aka drawing tree - groups parts by subassembly


Liaison graph - (Bourjault) parts are dots, joints are lines

Ordered liaison graph - the lines have arrows


Attributed liaison graph - the lines have
constraint or feature information
Ordered-attributed liaison graph (Datum Flow Chain)

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Assembly Types Classified Technically

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-1 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

Assembly Types Classified by Liaison

Diagram Form

Hub and spokes


Loop
valve

head
cmsf

Network

crsf
block

rod
piston

Stack

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

Inside a Car Engine

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-2 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

30

Feature-based Design

Seeks to rise above geometry and capture intent


First efforts in machined features
slots
pockets
holes

Features look different depending on how they are

made
drafted walls if cast
pockets if cut

pocket

drafted
wall

Feature recognition may be needed


Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

31

Assembly Features
Each feature has nominal geometry and a reference
coordinate frame expressed as a 4x4 matrix. It also has
a variety of other attributes as needed for its type.

Images removed for copyright reasons.


Source:

Figure 3-12 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.


.
Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004.
ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Feature recognition
may not be needed.

Story: Feature recognition of Philips


Head screws

32

Assembly Features and Assembly Data

Models

An assembly feature
A

Origin frame
for a part

Validity of this
model does not
depend on part
shapes being
correct

Typical CAD Model


Based on World Coordinates

9/16/2004

B
CC

C
An Assembly Model
Based on Connecting
Assembly Features

Assy Models

Validity of this
model depends
on shapes of parts
being correct

Assembly model with


variation based on error
in feature location in
part B

Daniel E Whitney

33

A Really Bad Example

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-43 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

34

A Better Way, Based on Features and

Frames

R
2

p12
y

y
O
Assy Models

p01
x
9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

35

What The Different Models Do

World coordinate model is good for drawing


pictures of the nominal arrangement; can find
interferences based on errors in the nominal but
cant help you find out why they happened
Chained model is good for capturing relational
information and design intent, and can trace
effects of variation from the nominal; wont
necessarily find interferences because it forces
things to be assembled; can help you find out
why things dont fit
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

36

Assembly Modeling in CAD

Parts can be defined with mating features on them.

Features can be mated directly.

An assembly database builds up automatically.

Assembly knowledge can be accessed.

PEG
HOLE

PART B

A
RT
PA

FEATURE 8

FEATURE 2

8
14

PART A

PART B

FIXT
PART A

FIXTURING
OPTIONS, INCL
TOLERANCES

Assy Models

9/16/2004

ASSEMBLY
CONDITIONS,
EFFECT OF
CLEARANCES
AND FRICTION

PART B

ASSY OF FEATURE
PAIRS

Daniel E Whitney

37

Information in Assembly Models

What parts mate to what parts

What features define the mates and where they are on


the parts
What interfaces must be controlled, plus a formal way
of describing them
Constraints and rule-checking
about assembly in the small
about assembly intent in terms of features
about assembly in the large, including alternate parts

It is a completely abstract and general model based on


connectivity
Geometry is an attribute of the parts

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

38

Example Assembly Data Model

DECLARED ASSEMBLY FEATURE


ON PART_____ (text)
TYPE NAME_____SPECIFIC NAME_____

LOCATION ON PART _____ (4x4)

LOCAL ESCAPE DIRECTION____

(DEFAULT: Z AXIS)

TOLERANCES

GEOMETRY_____

PARAMETERS________

TOLERANCES_____

OPTIONAL: FEATURES IT CAN MATE TO


CONSTRAINTS
MATED TO FEATURE___ ON PART ___
CASE... (other parts in other circumstances)
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

39

Seeker Head

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-28 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

40

Seeker Liaison Diagram

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-29 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

41

PART
PART NAME
BASE
A

Assy Models

OUTER GIMBAL

INNER GIMBAL

OUTER BEARING

RETAINING
SCREW

OUTER BEARING

RETAINING
SCREW

INNER BEARING

RETAINING
SCREW

INNER BEARING

RETAINING
SCREW

9/16/2004

8
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
3
1
2

FEATURE NAME
BEARING BORE
TRUNNION BORE
TRUNNION BORE
BEARING BORE
BEARING BORE
TRUNNION BORE
TRUNNION BORE
BEARING BORE
RET. SCREW HOLE
TRUNNION
TRUNNION
RET. SCREW HOLE
RET. SCREW HOLE
TRUNNION
TRUNNION
RET. SCREW HOLE
BORE
OUTER DIAMETER
INNER RACE FACE
THREAD
HEAD
BORE
OUTER DIAMETER
INNER RACE FACE
THREAD
HEAD
BORE
OUTER DIAMETER
INNER RACE FACE
THREAD
HEAD
BORE
OUTER DIAMETER
INNER RACE FACE
THREAD
HEAD

Daniel E Whitney

FEATURE CLASS
(CHAMFERED) BORE
BORE
BORE
(CHAMFERED) BORE
(CHAMFERED) BORE
BORE
BORE
(CHAMFERED) BORE
THREADED BORE
(CHAMFERED) PIN
(CHAMFERED) PIN
THREADED BORE
THREADED BORE
(CHAMFERED) PIN
(CHAMFERED) PIN
THREADED BORE
(CHAMFERED) BORE
(CHAMFERED) PIN
PLANE
THREADED PIN
PLANE
(CHAMFERED) BORE
(CHAMFERED) PIN
PLANE
THREADED PIN
PLANE
(CHAMFERED) BORE
(CHAMFERED) PIN
PLANE
THREADED PIN
PLANE
(CHAMFERED) BORE
(CHAMFERED) PIN
PLANE
THREADED PIN
PLANE

Parts and Features List

FEATURE
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

42

Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Liaison Diagram with

Features

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-30 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

43

Feature-based Design Video

Made at Draper in 1990


Illustrates a bottom-up approach

First demo of integrated design of assembly tools


hooked to a CAD system
parts designed with mating features
parts joined by connecting the features
liaison diagram constructed automatically

assembly data model passed to CAE routines for


assembly sequence, assembly system design, and
economic analysis
Assy Models

9/16/2004

Daniel E Whitney

44

Kinematic Constraint in Assembly

Topics
Assembly as zero-stress location
AKA Exact Constraint, Proper Constraint, or
Kinematic Design
AKA 3-2-1 assembly

Assembly features as carriers of constraint,

operationalizing the coordinate frames

Non-zero-stress assemblies

Mathematical analysis of constraint

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Assembly = Constraint

Assembly = removal of dof = application of


constraint
As constraint is applied, degrees of freedom are
taken away so that a part gets to where it is
supposed to be.
When parts are where they are supposed to be, the
KCs can be delivered, assuming no variation
This is called the nominal design
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Parts Locate Each Other to Deliver Quality at

the Customer Level

DOOR
CRAFTMANSHIP KC
CAR BODY

KC=Key Characteristic
BODY TO
HINGE FLAP1: 6 DOF
HINGE FLAP 1 TO
HINGE FLAP 2: 5 DOF
HINGE FLAP 2 TO
DOOR: 6 DOF

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Definitions of Assemblies

Whitehead: An instrument can be regarded as a


chain of related parts any mechanism whose
function is directly dependent on the accuracy
with which the component parts achieve their
required relationships.The Design and Use of Instruments and
Accurate Mechanism, by Thomas North Whitehead, 1934

Whitney: An assembly is a chain of coordinate


frames on parts designed to achieve certain
dimensional relationships called Key
Characteristics between some of the parts or
between features on those parts. Designing Assemblies,
Research in Engineering Design, (1999) 11:229-253.

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

The Three Principles of Statics

Geometric compatibility
Force and moment balance
Stress-strain-temperature relations

We assume rigid parts, so the 3rd principle


does not apply to our work

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Properly Constrained and Over-

constrained Assemblies

Assemblies that function by geometric compatibility

and force equilibrium alone are called

statically determinate

properly constrained

kinematic or semi-kinematic ~ 3-2-1

You just put them together

Assemblies that require stress analysis are called

statically indeterminate

over-constrained

You cant just put them together


Constraint is a property of the nominal design

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Constraint is Accomplished by Surfaces

in Contact

The contact permits


some dof to move
with respect to
each other and
prevents motion of
other dof.
The black ones
can move.
The red ones cant.

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Z
Y
X

Daniel E Whitney

Different kinds of
surface pairs
permit and prevent
motion of
different dof

Degrees of Freedom
An objects location in space is completely
specified when three translations (X, Y, Z) and
three rotations (. X ,. Y ,. Z) are specified
How many DOFs are constrained?
z
cube on table (x-y plane)
.z

cube at floor-wall interface


cube at floor-two walls interface
ball on table
ball at floor-wall interface
round peg in blind round hole

.y

.x

Think about the constrained ones


Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Constraint - 1

Proper constraint provides a single value for each of a


bodys 6 degrees of freedom
This is done by establishing surface contacts with
surfaces on another part or parts
If less than 6 dof have definite values, the body is

under-constrained
If an attempt is made to provide 2 or more values for
a dof, then the body is over-constrained because rigid
bodies have only 6 dof
Any extra needed dof must be obtained by deforming
the object
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Example of Proper and Over Constraint

Two pins in holes

One pin in hole, one pin in slot

This is over-constrained
in the X direction
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

This is properly constrained in X

10

Constraint - 2

Proper constraint permits an assembly to have


unambiguous chains of delivery of KCs
Two pins in holes

One pin in hole, one pin in slot

Which pin determines X


of the blue plate? Cant tell!

The left pin determines X


of the blue plate

If the X location of the left pin changes, where


will the blue plate go?
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

Cylinder Head Mate to Block

LOCATING PIN

LOCATING PIN

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

12

When Parts are Joined, Degrees of

Freedom are Fixed

Parts join at places called assembly features

Different features constrain different numbers and


kinds of degrees of freedom of the respective parts
(symmetrically)
square peg to square
6

Parts may join by

one pair of features


multiple features
several parts working together,
each with its own features

5
1
6

5
1

blind hole
pin to hole
pin to slot

pin to hole
pin to slot

When parts mate to fixtures, dofs are constrained

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Assembly Features Carry Constraint

Kinematic constraint passes from part to part


across the feature joints
The degree of constraint can be calculated using
Screw Theory
Proposed feature designs and KC chains can be
examined using Screw Theory to see if they
convey the desired amount of constraint and avoid
constraint errors

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

Constraint - 3

CAD systems analyze constraint

But CAD systems, developers, and researchers do

not mean mechanical constraint as we define it

They mean geometric location consistency

Many designs called properly constrained by CAD


systems are actually over-constrained
Different CAD systems do this analysis different

ways and can disagree about the same assembly

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

15

How CAD Systems Test Constraint

A closed chain of frames is set up


A numerical test is done to see if the chain closes

If, so, the assembly is called fully constrained


Actually, it should be called consistent

Detailed tests for constraint/consistency problems


are done by making small shifts and testing for
interference
Tolerance studies are done the same way
Analysis requires detailed geometry
Results depend on how the model was built

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

Some Examples

C
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Proper Constraint Zero Stress Assembly

Kinematic design seeks to determine locations of


parts solely or almost solely by means of
geometric compatibility
Locked-in stresses are kept so low that they are
negligible
Exact constraint design is equivalent to 3-2-1
assembly
In effect, in a kinematic assembly, the parts act as
fixtures for each other
You just put them together
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Non-zero Stress Assemblies Can Be OK

Three-leg stool rests firmly and is fully


constrained
Four-leg stool gives the security of an extra leg
and wider footprint but will not rest firmly unless
the legs are elastic enough to deform until all four
are in contact, or there are screw adjustments
Other examples

shrink fit of wheel on shaft


preloaded angular contact ball bearing pairs
pre-stressed concrete and case-hardened armor plate
planetary gear trains

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

19

Constraint Mistakes Happen

Designers make constraint mistakes


Mostly they make over-constraint mistakes
You can see under-constraint mistakes because they
permit unwanted motions
You cant see the stresses caused by over-constraints

It would be nice to have a test that looks for


over/under constraint

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

How Airplanes are Built

Boeing:

Ensure that there is open space at max material condition


Fill the gap with shims, reducing gap to XXX
Report remaining gap to Engineering
Lately: use better process control to predict gaps and prepare
standard shims in as many cases as possible

Airbus:
Make parts from 3D CAD/NC
Join them directly
Look, Dr Whitney, no shims!

Both attempt to limit locked-in stress


Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

24

Good Over-constrained Assemblies

Preloaded angular contact bearing systems

Preload increases contact stress, creating a stiff bearing


system (see next page)

Planetary gears - redundant locators, no stress

Shrink fit
Heated wheel slips on over shaft, shrinks upon cooling to
make a super-tight joint

Beam built in at both ends


Its stiffer for the same cross section than a simplysupported beam because the ends can support a moment
A good design permits longitudinal motion at the ends

In each case there is an underlying properly


constrained
system!
Class 6-7 Constraint
9/21/2004
Daniel E Whitney

25

Preload
nut

Rotating
shaft

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Preloaded Angular Contact


Bearings

Fixed housing

26

Planetary Gear Systems

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 4-13 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Why Does Over-Constraint Occur?

Forces or torques are deliberately inserted, e.g.


Shrinking
Tightening a lock nut

The design attempts to fix more than 6 degrees of

freedom of a part, e.g.

The x position is determined by the parts left end

The parts x position is determined by the parts right

end
There is a fight whose outcome is compression in the x
direction and no easy way to calculate the x position
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

How Different Approaches Deal with

Constraint

B
C

Use consistency
check to find
joining errors
Cant detect most
over- or
under-constraints
Class 6-7 Constraint

Local
Feature
Model

World
Model

9/21/2004

Use
interference
check to find
shape errors

Daniel E Whitney

Use screw
theory to
find joining
errors: overor underconstraint
29

Whats the Solution to Over-constraint?

Increase the diameter of one hole


Increase the diameter of both holes
Use one hole and one slot
Match drill one hole pair and use a slot

Accept a little locked-in stress


We will use these ideas later when we use features
to transfer dimensional constraint and location
from part to part using the Datum Flow Chain
over-constraint = ambiguity about dimensional transfer

requires a stress analysis to decide where the parts are

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

30

Tipoffs for Over-constraint

It takes skill to put the parts together and get them


just right
The assembly task is operator-dependent

Fasteners have to be tightened in a particular


sequence
It is hard to get welded parts out of the fixture

Some parts will assemble easily but other


identical ones will not
You can never get everything to line up the way
you want it to
Results are inconsistent
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

Location, Constraint, Stability

Constraint determines location


this is done using mates (Whiteheads locators)

Stability keeps or effects location


this is done with contacts (Whiteheads effectors)
screws, wave washers, clamps, welds,
glue, chewing gum, etc

Locating gets it there


Stabilizing keeps it there
This area is a common cause of confusion

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

Location and Stability

You know where it is,


even if it might not stay there

It will stay there (its welded)

but you dont know where it is

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

34

Whiteheads Definitions

(examples use less than 6 dof)

Effected by small force

Enough Joints

Effected
by
a large
force

Too Many Joints

Pure kinematic design


3 legged stool with pointtipped legs

Semi-kinematic design with


redundant constraint in the
small contact area of each
locator

Redundant constraint
4 legged stool with point-

tipped legs or non-zero

contact area at each tip

This is really two 3 legged


stools - your choice which
one!

3 legged stool with nonzero contact area at each


leg tip

Semi-kinematic design

Class 6-7 Constraint

3 legged stool with nonzero contact area and each


leg bolted down tight
9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Over-constraint

4 legged stool with each

leg bolted down tight

35

Force Closures and Form Closures

Force closures are one-sided


They support force in one direction at a definite location
They can provide proper constraint

Form closures are two-sided


They can support unlimited force
They will generate over-constraint unless some clearance
is provided
If clearance is provided, then the location is no longer
definite

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

36

One-Side and Two-Side Constraints

One-side (AKA force closure)


Needs an effector
Gives perfect knowledge of location but cant support
an arbitrary force in all directions

Two- or multi-side constraint (AKA form closure)

Needs no effector and can support arbitrary force


Contains its own stabilizer
Actually contains over-constraint
If we relax this over-constraint with a little clearance
then we lose perfect knowledge of location

See Exact Constraint Design Using Kinematic Principles by Douglass Blanding


Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

37

Taxonomy of Assemblies

Underconstrained

Mechanisms

mistakesattempts to
achieve location
that lock in
stress or fail
to locate
Class 6-7 Constraint

Over-constrained

Properly
Constrained

zero-stress

(or almost

zero stress)

assemblies
that deliver
Interference
KCs by
and stress
achieving
location
(using transform T)

9/21/2004

Pre-loaded
bearing sets

=Noise
Daniel E Whitney

Line fit

Clearance
AKA redundant

Cant
happen
but needed
for analysis

Duplicated
arrangements
38

Mathematical Family of Joints

It contains 7 kinds of features and 28 possible joints

arbitrary surface
parallelepiped
body of revolution
cylinder
plane
sphere

They all are one-sided, as are all 28 combinations

Elements can be used to build features from scratch

Next slide shows cylinder, plane, and sphere


Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

39

Basic Surface Contacts and Motions They Allow

Allowed motion
of the black part
is shown, when
the red part is
stationary
Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Table 4-3 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

40

Engineering Family of Assembly

Features

It contains 17 shapes and counting

peg and blind/through hole


peg on plane and blind/through hole
peg on plane and slot
key in keyway
etc.
You can add any that you want

They are both one-sided and two-sided

They are built using basic surfaces


Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

41

Examples of Engineering Features


Pin in Hole
x

d1

d2

Pin in Prismatic Slot


x

Pin in Oversize
Hole

y
z

Pin in Slot
P xc

Two Plates

Px

Nxc

Py

ymax

ymin
y

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Jeff Adams SM Thesis

42

Assembly Feature Construction Options

Build from elementary surfaces


Reveals two-side over-constraints inside a feature
Permits detection of over-constraints caused by too
many one-side constraints

Use basic mechanical shapes like holes and slots


Suppresses over-constraints inside a feature
Permits detection of over-constraints caused by too
many one- or two-sided constraints

The constraint testing methods described next


must be applied with caution, depending on which
option is used
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

43

Assembly Feature Construction Options

Elementary surfaces
(TTRS) - one-sided
Have location, no size
Intersect these
to make new features.
They will contain overconstraint if 2-sided.
They will have location and size
if 2-sided

Make new features


from scratch. They will not
contain over-constraint
even if 2-sided.
They will have location and size
if 2-sided

Need to add clearance


on size to relieve internal
over-constraint
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Intersect these
to make compound
features - will
contain overconstraint if 2-sided
or if mistakes are made
44

Kinematicians Approach to Constraint

Kinematicians are interested in things that move


So they are interested in mobility M
Assemblies may or may not move
We are interested in redundancy or negative mobility
The Kutzbach criterion attempts to analyze both but it
can give the wrong answer
M = 6(n g 1) + fi
n = number of links
g = number of joints

f i = total dof of all joints


M = 0.

proper constraint

M <0.
M >0.

over - constraint
under - constraint

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

If the linkage is planar,


the Grbler criterion is used.
It is the same as the Kutzbach
Criterion except that 6 is
replaced by 3

45

Does the Kutzbach Criterion Work?

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 4-4, 4-5, 4-6 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

M = 3(n g 1) + fi
n = number of links
g = number of joints

f i = total dof of all joints

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

M = 0 . proper constraint
M < 0 . over - constraint
M > 0 . under - constraint

46

Our Approach

Mobility and constraint require separate analyses

If an assembly is not over-constrained and it is not


under-constrained, then and only then is it
properly constrained
Mobility and constraint analyses are done using
Screw Theory
The Kutzbach criterion is a nave attempt to do
what Screw Theory can do
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

47

Basics of Screw Theory

Kinematic joints permit motion and resist force


Each degree of freedom of motion is called a twist
Each degree of force resistance is called a wrench
A twist has the form T = [. x . y . z vx vy vz]
A wrench has the form W= [fx fy fz Mx My Mz]
Twists and wrenches are reciprocals of each other
(under certain conditions)
That is, directions that allow motion cannot
support force and vice versa

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

48

Constraint is Accomplished by Surfaces

in Contact

The contact permits


some dof to move
with respect to
each other and
prevents motion of
other dof.

Z
Y
X

The black ones


can move.
The red ones cant.

The red ones can support force.


The black ones cant.
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Different kinds of
surface pairs
permit and prevent
motion of
different dof

49

Twist Space and Wrench Space Describe

the Behavior of Two Surfaces in Contact

Z
Y

WRENCH SPACE
TWIST SPACE

Wrench space and twist space are reciprocal


Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

50

Reciprocal of Screw

Reciprocal of a twist is a wrench

Reciprocal of a wrench is a twist

Twist and wrench are reciprocal if wrench cannot


do work along direction of twist (no friction)
This means: Twist Wrench = 0 ( = dot product)

Equivalently, wrench is in the null space of twist

Rank of twist matrix + rank of its reciprocal


wrench matrix = 6
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

51

Forces and Velocities in Constraint

In general, force and velocity (or any pair of


variables whose product = power) are related by
an impedance (v=iR, for example)
When parts are rigid and friction is zero, all
impedances are zero or infinite.
Any velocity!
No force!
Any force!

No velocity!

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

52

Relation Between Motions (Twists) and


Forces (Wrenches)
Any velocity!
No force!
No friction!
Y

Any force!
No velocity!
No compliance!

}
}

T= recip (W) = [0 0 0 0 1 0]

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

W = (recip (T))
= [0 0 0 -1 0
0 0 0 0 -1
0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0
0 0 1 0 0

Daniel E Whitney

0
0
1
0
0]
53

Twist Representation of Plate and


Slotted Pin Joint Shows What Motions
are Allowed
x

x
1
part ctr
coords

twist = [. x . y . z vx vy vz]

= 0 0 1 2 -1 0 Z rotation
0 0 0 0 1 0 Y translation
The twist has two rows
because the feature
allows two different motions
See next two slides for explanation

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

54

The Translation Part of the Twist


x

{
{

[0 0 0 0 1 0]
.

1
part ctr
coords

z
Class 6-7 Constraint

How the red dot moves:

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

55

The Rotation Part of the Twist


x

{
{

[0 0 1 2 -1 0]
.

1
part ctr
coords

z
Class 6-7 Constraint

How the red dot moves:

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

56

Wrench Representation of Plate and

Slotted Pin Joint Shows What Forces and

Moments Can Be Resisted

wrench = [fx fy fz Mx My Mz]

x
1
part ctr
coords

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

=1 0 0 0 0 -2 = X force at pin
0 0 1 0 0 0 = Z force
0 0 0 1 0 0 = X Moment
0 0 0 0 1 0 = Y Moment
The wrench has four rows
because the feature
can resist four different forces
Daniel E Whitney

57

Motion and Constraint Analysis When

Parts are Joined by Several Features

Parts are joined by features

Multiple features may constrain properly or they


may contain over/under constraints
Motion analysis permits detection of underconstraint
Constraint analysis permits detection of overconstraint
Proper constraint = not over- and not underconstrained
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

58

Motion and Constraint Analysis Using


Screw Theory-1
Each feature is represented by a twist that shows
the motions it allows, expressed in part center
coordinates as: [. x . y . z vx vy vz]
If a part joins another part via several features,
then the intersection of all the features twists
shows the net allowed motion
If a net motion is allowed, then all the features
allow that motion
All feature twists and the twist intersection are
expressed in the same coordinate system
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

59

Motion Analysis (Twist Intersection)

Algorithm

For each feature i joining two parts, having twist Ti


find the associated wrench Wi using
Wi = recip(Ti)

Form the union of all the Wi = WU


WU = [W1;W2;...] (using MATLAB notation)

Find resultant net twist from


T = recip(WU)
TR=rref(T) (rref simplifies the result for easy reading)

If any motion exists in TR, then every joint this part


has allows this motion
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

60

.m files for Screw Calculations

function R = recip(T)
% Takes the reciprocal of a screw matrix
p = (null(T))';
[i,j]=size(p);
if i>0
R = flip(p);
R=rref(R);
else
disp('empty matrix')
R=zeros(0);
end
% rref finds row-reduced echelon form
% takes transpose

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

function W = flip(WU)
% FLIPs columns of WU
% col 1 becomes 4, 2 becomes 5, and 3 becomes 6
% col 4 becomes 1, 5 becomes 2, and 6 becomes 3
[i,j] = size(WU);
if j == 6
for l=1:i
for k=1:3
W(l,k) = WU(l,k+3);
W(l,k+3) = WU(l,k);
end
end
W;
else
end

Daniel E Whitney

61

Example: Cube on Floor at Wall(s)

T2=[0 0 0 1 0 0]

T1=[0 0 0 0 1 0]
X
Class 6-7 Constraint

T12=?
9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

62

Example Twist Intersection

T1=[0 0 0 0 1 0]

W1=recip(T1)

WU=[W1;W2]

T1 =

W1 =

WU =

1
0
0
0
0

T2=[0 0 0 1 0 0]
T2 =
0

T=
0
0
0
0
0

0
1
0
0
0

0
0
1
0
0

0
0
0
1
0

0
0
0
0
1

0
0
1
0
0

0
0
0
1
0

0
0
0
0
1

W2=recip(T2)
W2 =
0
0
0
0
0

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

T=recip(WU)
empty matrix

1
0
0
0
0

0
1
0
0
0

Daniel E Whitney

1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0

0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0

0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0

0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0

0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1

[]

So it cant move

63

Motion and Constraint Analysis Using

Screw Theory-2

Each twist has a reciprocal called a wrench expressed

in part center coordinates as [fx fy fz Mx My Mz]

It represents all the forces and torques that the feature


can transmit to a mating part
The intersection of some wrenches shows if there
is/are direction(s) that they all constrain
To find if a part is over-constrained, it is necessary to
intersect all combinations of wrenches until all overconstrained directions have been found

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

64

Constraint Analysis (Wrench

Intersection) Algorithm

For all features joining two parts, each having Ti


Form their union TU = [T1;T2;...]
find W = recip(TU)
find WR = rref(W) - for ease of interpretation

If a wrench appears in WR then every joint can


exert that wrench, which means over-constraint
But if WR is empty, it does not mean that there is
no over-constraint!
You have to check all pairs, triplets, etc.

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

65

Summary of Twist and Wrench Intersection


(X i ) = recip{. [recip(X i )]}

Intersection of twists:
T1 .
T2 .
T3 .
etc.

W1
W2
W3

. (Wi)=WU .

Intersection of wrenches:
W1 .
T1
. (Ti)=TU .
W2 .
T2
W3 .
T3
etc.

. =
Class 6-7 Constraint

TR

WR

reciprocal . = union
9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

66

Example: Assembly Made by Combining

Several Features

The assembly
2

The features used to make it

4
x
x

y
y

f2

2
y

x
f3

f1
Y
y

Class 6-7 Constraint

z
Z

f1=6

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

f2=16

f3=Library Feature 9

67

Motion Analysis Results

T1=[0 0 1 2 -2 0;0 0 0 0 0 1]
T1 =
0 0 1 2 -2 0
0 0 0 0 0 1
T2=[0 0 1 6 -2 0;0 0 0 1 0 0;0 0 0 0 0 1;0 1 0 0 0 2]
T2 =
0 0 1 6 -2 0
0 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 0 2
T3=[0 0 0 1 0 0;0 0 0 0 1 0;0 0 1 0 0 0]
T3 =
0 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 0
W1=recip(T1)
W1 =
1.0000
0
0 1.0000
0
0
0
0
W2=recip(T2)
W2 =
0 1.0000
0
0
W3=recip(T3)
W3 =
0 0 1 0
0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0

WU=[W1;W2;W3]
WU =
1.0000
0
0
0
0 -2.0000
0 1.0000
0
0
0 2.0000
0
0
0 1.0000
0
0
0
0
0
0 1.0000 -0.0000
0 1.0000 0.0000
0 -0.0000 2.0000
0
0
0 1.0000
0
0
0
0 1.0000
0
0
0
0
0
0 1.0000
0
0
0
0
0
0 1.0000
0
TU=recip(WU)

0
0

0
0 -2.0000
0
0 2.0000
0 1.0000
0
0
0
0 1.0000 -0.0000

TU =
0

0.0000
0 -0.0000 2.0000
0 1.0000
0
0
0
0
1

Class 6-7 Constraint

0
0
0
9/21/2004

0 1.0000 2.0000 -2.0000 0.0000

Part can rotate about Z


Rotation center is at (2,2)

Daniel E Whitney

68

Constraint Analysis Results

Intersect all twists:


TU123=[T1;T2;T3]
TU123 =
0 0 1 2 -2 0
0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 1 6 -2 0
0 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 0 2
0 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 0
WU123=recip(TU123)
WU123 =
0 0 0 1 0 0

Mx
2

x
X

y
y

f2

f1
Y
y

Class 6-7 Constraint

Intersect all pairs of twists:

TU12=[T1;T2]

TU12 =

0 0 1 2 -2 0
0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 1 6 -2 0
0 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 1
0 1 0 0 0 2
WU12=recip(TU12)
y
z
WU12 =
0 1.0000 -0.0000
0 0.0000 2.0000
0
0
0 1.0000
0
0

F &M
Mx

TU13=[T1;T3]
TU13 =
0 0 1 2 -2 0
0 0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 0
WU13=recip(TU13)
WU13 =
0
0
0 1.0000
0
0
0
0
0
0 1.0000 0.0000
9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

TU23=[T2;T3]
TU23 =
0 0 1 6 -2
0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 1
0 0 1 0 0
WU23=recip(TU23)
WU23 =
0 0 0 1 0

Mx
Mx
My

69

0
0
1
2
0
0
0
0

Constraint Analysis Interpretation

WU12 =
0 1 0

Y
Mx

WU12 =

0 0

My

WU23 =

0 0 0
Class 6-7 Constraint

What it means:
Fy=1

Z
1

9/21/2004

What MATLAB says:


Fy & Mz
X
2
Fy=1
Mz=2 Y

0 0

0 0

Daniel E Whitney

X
Y

70

Second Example

x
X

Analysis results:

f2

f1
Y
y

y
2

f3
z

T2 =
0
0
0
1

0
0
0
0

No motion is possible
Over-constraint exists about X
and Y

1
0
0
0

6
0
0
0

-2 0
1 0
0 1
0 -6

WU123 = 0
WU12 = 0
WU13 =
0 0
0 0
WU23 = 0

0
0

0
0

0
0

1
0
0

0
0

0
1
0

0
0
0

T1& T 3 the same

TU = []

empty matrix

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

71

A Way to Eliminate Some Two-Side

Over-constraints

y
X

Y
1
2
y

y
z

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Use library features


18 and 19 instead of
6 and 16. These
X-Y locators
do not fight with
each other over
orienting the top
plate and do not
fight with the
bottom plate over
orienting the top plate
72

How to Handle More Than Two


Features: Motion Analysis
T1 .
T2 .
T3 .
etc.

W1
W2
W3

. =

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

. (Wi)=WU .

TR

Empty: no motion
possible*
Not empty:
some motion
Possible#

*No direction of motion can


be provided by all these features

recip

#One or more directions of


motion can be provided by
all these features
Daniel E Whitney

73

How to Handle More Than Two


Features: Constraint Analysis
W1 .
W2 .
W3 .
etc.
. =

T1
T2
T3

recip

Empty*
. (Ti)=TU .

WR
Not empty#

*No force or moment can be


resisted by all these features
#One or more forces or
moments can be resisted by
all these features

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

74

General Problem of Mechanism Freedom

Our solution is based on Screw Theory and a


method due to Konkar for intersecting twists
It is based on tracing paths through the mechanism
from a link of interest to a fixed link
Separate motion and constraint analyses are done

Our method works for a class of mechanisms


It can be applied to a succession of subassemblies
in an assembly sequence
A complete solution method exists - see the CD

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

75

Path Method for Motion and Constraint

Analysis - 1: Series and Parallel Reduction

PART OR LINK
JOINT
PART OR LINK

TW1
TW1 * TW2

TW1 + TW2
TW1

TW2

TW2

Joints in series are


reduced using union
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Joints in parallel are


reduced using intersection
Daniel E Whitney

76

Path Method for Motion and Constraint

Analysis - 2: Paths and Branches


START
NODE

START
NODE

START
NODE

SUBBRANCH
BRANCH
END
NODE

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

END
NODE

Daniel E Whitney

END
NODE

77

Path Method for Motion and Constraint

Analysis - 3: The Process






Identify the link to be analyzed and call it start

Call the fixed link end


Identify all paths and branches from start to end

Form union of twists along each path and branch

Intersect twist unions from branches and paths


using the reduction rules until the mechanism
consists of start and end joined by one
equivalent joint

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

78

Path Method for Motion and Constraint

Analysis - 4: An Example

L1

1
R2

R3

R2

L1
L3

L2

L3

R2

L4

R3

L2

2
L4
R1

L5
R4

R1

R4

R4

L5
(R2 U R1) U (R2 U R4) U (R3 U R4)

The required unions and intersections can be written as


a Boolean expression and fed right into Matlab
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

79

Conditions for Success of This Method

Paths must be independent at link of interest

All the dof of joints connected to the link of interest


must be independent of each other

Same as saying there cannot be any cross-links


between paths near link of interest
L1

This mechanism is both overand under-constrained. Our method


does not work on it.
The Kutzbach criterion also gives the
wrong answer.

Fixed
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

80

Constraint Analysis with Multiple Features


X
Y

F1 F2 = under-constrained
TR = (T1 ,T2 ) = recip[. (W1 ,W2 )] is not empty
X motion is allowed
WR = recip[. (T1 ,T2 )] is empty

[F1, F2, F3] = properly constrained


WR = recip[. (T1 ,T2 ,T3 )] is empty

TR = recip[. (W1 ,W2 ,W3 )] is empty


4

[F1, F2, F3, F4] = not over-constrained,

WR = (W1 LW4 ) = recip[. (T1 ,T2 ,T3 ,T4 )] is empty


Even tho we know it IS over-constrained

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

81

Constraint Analysis with Multiple Features - 2


X
Y

F1 F2 = under-constrained
1

3
1 2
4
(1 2) 3

Class 6-7 Constraint

TR12 = (T1 ,T2 ) = recip(. (W1 ,W2 ))

X motion is allowed
WR = recip[. (T1 ,T2 )] is empty

F3 ( F1 F2) = not over-constrained

TR123 = (T1 ,T2 ,T3 ) = recip[. (W1 ,W2 ,W3 )] is empty


WR = recip{. [T3 ,TR12 ]} is empty

{[(F1 F2) F3] F4} = over-constrained


TR123 = (T1 ,T2 ,T3 ) = recip[. (W1 ,W2 ,W3 )]
WR = recip{. [T4 ,TR123 ]} is not empty

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

82

What Direction is Over-constrained?


(1 3) 4
Y

2
X

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

83

References for Kinematic Design

Slocum A. H.,Precision Machine Design, New York:


Prentice-Hall, 1991.
Smith, S. T., and D. G. Chetwynd, Foundations of
Ultraprecision Mechanism Design, Philadelphia: Gordon
and Breach, 1992
Whitehead, T. N., The Design and Use of Instruments and
Accurate Mechanism, New York: Dover Press, 1954.

Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

84

Publications

Whitney, D. E., Gilbert, O., and Jastrzebski, M., "Representation of Geometric


Variations Using Matrix Transforms for Statistical Tolerance Analysis in
Assemblies, Research in Engineering Design, (1994) 6: pp 191-210
Mantripragada,R., Cunningham, T. W., and Whitney, D E, Assemblyoriented Design: A New Approach to Designing Assemblies, Proceeding, IFIP
WG5.2 Workshop on Geometric Modeling in CAD, May 19 - 23, 1996.
Mantripragada, R. and Whitney, D. E., The Datum Flow Chain, Research in
Engineering Design, v 10, 1998, pp 150-165.
Mantripragada, R. and Whitney, D. E., Modeling and Controlling Variation
Propagation in Mechanical Assemblies using State Transition Models, IEEE
Trans on Robotics and Automation, 1, no 1, Feb, 99, pp 124-140.
Adams, J D and Whitney D E, Application of Screw Theory to Constraint
Analysis of Assemblies of Rigid Parts, 1999 IEEE ISATP
Whitney, D E, Mantripragada, R., Adams J D, and Cunningham, T W, Use of
Screw Theory to Detect Multiple Conflicting Key Characteristics in Complex
Mechanical Products, 1999 ASME DFM Conf
Class 6-7 Constraint

9/21/2004

Daniel E Whitney

85

Variation Buildup in Single Parts

Learn about the history of interchangeable parts

See how parts are given tolerances


Learn what geometric dimensioning and
tolerancing is all about
Look ahead to variation buildup in assemblies

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

The Business Case for Tolerances


Performance
Better
marketing
More robust design

Revenue
Cost

Tolerances
And Clearances
Better mfr
Baseline
More robust design
Better mfr

Manufacturing Cost
Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Definitions

Tolerance
What is allowed or acceptable, defined by specification limits
Specification limits are set by engineers, designers, and/or manufacturing
people

Variation
What actually happens with real parts and assemblies
Variation can be measured

Clearance
Empty space between surfaces on different parts
Often confused with tolerance
Clearances can have tolerances and can vary

These are typical definitions in the academic and professional literature

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

History of Interchangeable Parts

Quest for interchangeability


Begins in 1760s as a customer requirement for muskets

Evolved as a means to systematize manufacturing (1830s)

Culminates in Fords moving assembly line





Permits rapid assembly and mass production


Enables supply chains
Avoids coordination
The zeroth interchange occurs at first assembly

Enabled supply chains via standards for gaging and


tolerancing (1915 to today)

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

History - 2

Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing

(GD&T) replaced dimensions (1940s +)

Replicated gaging procedures on paper

Solid modeling CAD forced reconsideration of


GD&T on a more mathematical basis
Parts tolerancing seems OK but assemblies are
still something of a mystery
Coordination makes a comeback as demand for
quality exceeds capability
Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Taniguchis Diagram

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-1 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing

Seeks to deal with solid objects rather than lines


on paper
The result is definition of zones where surfaces

should lie

This is good from the point of view of being


realistic about solid objects
It does not shed light on what the tolerances

should be in order to achieve any particular

function

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

How Big is a Cube?

Conventional drawing
showing one face
1.000
0.003

This arrow really


sets the distance
between two lines.
This means nothing.
Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

A more realistic view

of the cube

How many arrows


are needed to say
how far apart the
two surfaces are???
8

All Acceptable Cubes Lie Between Two

Perfect Nested Cubes

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Goals of Geometric Dimensioning and

Tolerancing

Account for 3D Geometry of Parts


Define Datum Hierarchy



A, B, C
Corresponds to 3,2,1 of Constraint
Standardizes machining, fixturing, and gaging
Make the A surface wide, stable, 3 points separated

Guarantee that any randomly selected pair of parts will


assemble (i.e., worst case tolerancing)
Has become an international standard

Does not apply to assemblies

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

GD&T Control Frame for Locating and

Sizing a Feature

2.000
.010
Diameter can vary
in this range

2.000
C

.470 - .500
.010 A B C
Geometric
characteristic
(position)

A
Axis location references
Axis orientation reference

Zone descriptor
(cylinder) Location of center

Zone

.00707

X = .00356
Y = .00356

can vary in a cylinder with


this diameter
Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

12

Virtual Condition Guarantees Assembly

.240 - .280
.020 M A

.001
A

.280

.280

.060

.020
.240

.020

.240
A

.300

.300

MMC
.02

The virtual condition is a perfect round perpendicular pin .300 diam

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Virtual Condition Guarantees Assembly - 2

.365
.325

.020 M B

.365

.325

.305

.305

.02 MMC

The virtual condition is a perfect round perpendicular hole .305 diam


.300

At worst, the hole


occupies a region
no narrower than .305

A
B

Part variations

9/30/2004

At worst, the peg


occupies a region
no wider than .300

.305

Daniel E Whitney

14

GD&T is ~Equivalent to Chain of

Frames Inside a Part

.500 - .520
.010 M

4x .750 .010
.030 M A B M
Center Hole (D)

A C M

TCH
4 Holes

1.875

TCD
C Bolt Circle
TBC
B Outer Diameter
TAB

3.260
3.240

.005 M

B
A Base Surface

.001
A

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

15

Summary

The goal of interchangeable parts is over 250 years old

Parts can be toleranced by international standard methods


in ways that
Respect our notions of constraint
Locate features with respect to datum surfaces
Can ~be represented by chains of frames similar to the way
assemblies can
Impose worst-case tolerances

No standard exists for tolerancing assemblies

No clear path exists in standard methods for linking


assembly goals to part tolerancing

Part variations

9/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

Variation in Assemblies

Goals of this class

Understand how to represent variation at the assembly


level
Link models to models of variation at the part level

Link models to nominal chain of frames


Get an idea of statistical process control and statistical
tolerancing vs worst case tolerancing

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

History of Tolerances in Assemblies

Statistical process control and statistical tolerancing


permit a bet on interchangeability
Coordination makes a comeback as functional build

Quality today is more than interchangeability


The product almost certainly will work
Real quality means
Durability
Reliability
Low noise, vibration, etc

All are associated with low running clearances, fine


balance, etc., all requiring closer tolerances, robust
design, etc.
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Recent Gains in Productivity

Wall Street Journal, Sept 28, 00, p 2:

Many analysts may have overlooked one of the main


drivers of the productivity gains of the last five years:
machine tools more than half the increase has occurred
outside the computer, software, and telecommunications
sectors...
Greater precision in machine tools has helped cut the energy
use of air conditioners by 10% between 1990 and 1997
using a new kind of compressor whose manufacture required
precision down to 10 microns
One of the principal reasons for more reliable automobile
transmissions ...
Open architecture, digital programming, ceramic tool bits
are part of the picture
var_assemblies
3
10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

KCs and Variation

A KC is delivered when it achieves its desired


value within some specified tolerance
This puts the emphasis on behavior at the
assembly level, not the part level
To deliver the KC we must

Design the chain and the location strategy at each joint


in the chain
Ensure that variation at the part level does not
propagate to the assembly level and upset delivery of
the KC
This means understanding variation in each of the joints
in the chain
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Logic Tree of Control of Variation

Main Decision
We cant meet assembly

KCs by controlling part

variations

We can meet assembly

KCs by controlling part

variations

Functional Build

Build to Print

Selective
Assembly

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Belief in
Coordination

Belief
in systems

Adjustment

Statistical
Process
Control

Daniel E Whitney

Two Kinds of Errors

Change in process average (mean shift)


Process variation around the mean (variance)

These are different kinds of errors that require


different approaches
The screwdriver workstation-RCC story

Whiteheads reason for using kinematic design: to


eliminate variation (erratic errors)
Taguchis systematic approach
Correct mean shift first, then reduce variation
The other sequence makes sense, too
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Basic Definitions
Mean
Standard
Deviation
-0.04

-0.03

-0.02

-0.01

0.01

0.02

0.03

0.04

3 =99.73% of all
events if Gaussian

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Precision vs Accuracy

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-16 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Consistent but
consistently wrong

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Right on the average

Daniel E Whitney

Best Situation

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-16 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Models of How Errors Accumulate in

Assemblies

Worst case tolerancing essentially tracks the max error, treats


it as mean shift, and ignores the variance
Assumes all errors are at their extremes at the same time

This is deterministic, not statistical


Errors accumulate linearly with the number of parts
Statistical tolerancing (AKA root sum square) tracks the
variance and assumes zero mean shift
Assumes errors are distributed randomly between limits

Errors accumulate with SQRT of number of parts but only


if the average part error = the desired nominal dimension!
(i.e., average part (& assy) error = 0.)
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Stapler Variations

TOP VIEW

Images removed for


copyright reasons.
Source:
Figure 5-14

in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.

Mechanical Assemblies:
Their Design, Manufacture, and
Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University
Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

FRONT VIEW

var_assemblies

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-15 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.

Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,


and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Worst Case

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Statistical
11

Logic Tree of Statistical and Worst-Case

Tolerancing

Tolerance method

Worst case

Statistical
Errors grow with
sqrt(N) IF
mean = nominal

Errors grow
with N
Throws away parts
that stat tol keeps
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Process capability
measures adherence
of process mean
to nominal

Daniel E Whitney

Statistical Process

control keeps
process on its mean
12

How Variations Accumulate

Assumptions
All variations are described by the same distribution
All variations are independent of each other
The SSN jackpot in Milwaukee

Then:
The mean or average of a sum of such variations is the
sum of their individual means

xi =
E xi = NE xi
N

i =1

i= 1

if all E[xi] are the same

Actually this is true regardless of the above assumptions

The variance of the sum of such variations is the sum of


their individual variances

var_assemblies

xi =
N

i= 1

10/4/2004

i =1

xi = N 2 xi

Daniel E Whitney

13

Total Error

Total Accumulated Error =

Accumulated Mean Errors

+ Accumulated Standard Deviation Errors


N

2
(3

i=1

i=1

=
meanshifti +

= N * meanshift + N * 3 * stddev
if all meanshifts and standard deviations
are the same
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

What It Means

Sums of zero-mean errors accumulate at the rate N


because the + and - errors tend to cancel
Sums of non-zero-mean errors accumulate at the
rate N because there are no cancellations
Therefore, non-zero-mean errors accumulate much
more rapidly than zero-mean errors

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

15

Root Sum Square (RSS) Method

Assume tolerance band = T


Assume T = 3 of error distribution
Then accumulated error from N of Ti =
N

Accumulated error =

i =1

But this is really the entire accumulated error only


if there is no meanshift. If there is meanshift then
the RSS method will badly under-estimate the error.
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

Why the Mean Should Seek the Nominal

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-21 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

How to survive Las Vegas

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Statistical and Worst Case Compared

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-22 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Statistical Process Control

SPC aims to get a process in statistical control

The mean varies in a random way and stays within the mean
control limits
The range varies in a random way and stays within the range
control limits

X-bar and R charts plot the mean and range of samples


taken from production parts
Deviations from the mean, consistent errors, and excess
variation can be found quickly and eliminated before bad
parts are made
If a process is in control, then
there is a chance that it can
deliver parts without mean shift

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

19

Process Capability

Every process has a mean and a natural tolerance range


which should be tighter than the product needs
Process capability index Cpk tracks whether the process
range is within the 3 tolerance band and the process mean
is on the target nominal dimension

USL X LSL X

C pk = min
;

3
USL = upper spec (tolerance) limit
LSL = lower spec (tolerance) limit
X = mean of the process

= variance of the process

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Process Capability Cpk

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-18 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

# of

var_assemblies

1
2
3
4
10/4/2004

% within # of
68.269%
95.450%
99.730%
99.994%
Daniel E Whitney

% outside
31.731%
4.550%
0.270%
0.006%

21

Process Control & Capability

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-20 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Effect of Mean Shift

0.00167 shift in each part


3=.01732

-0.04

Range
1 sigma
2 sigma
2.5 sigma
3 sigma

-0.03

-0.02

-0.01

0.01

% Outside
31.74
4.54%
1.24%
0.27%
-0.04

0.02

0.03

.005 total shift in 3 parts=0.5


3=.03

2.5
1.24% will exceed 0.03

-0.03

-0.02

-0.01

0.01

0.02

0.03

Cpk=1.00
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

0.04

Daniel E Whitney

0.04

Cpk=.833
23

How Could Non-zero Mean Variations

Occur?

For material removal processes, operators stop as


soon as the part enters the tolerance zone from the
high side
For material-adding processes, operators stop as
soon as the part enters the zone from the low side
Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-24 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Removal Process
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Additive Process

Daniel E Whitney

24

Statistical vs Worst Case - Summary

Statistical is cheaper because looser tolerances are


allowed at each part or feature (cost rises as
tolerances are tightened)
Worst case guarantees interchangeable parts, even
at batch size of one
Statistical achieves interchangeability with some
probability < 1, enhanced if there is a big bin of
parts to choose from. The likelihood of the worst
combination actually being picked is pretty low
and is usually easy to recover from.
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

25

var_assemblies

10/4/2004
LOGIC OF SPC ETC

Daniel E Whitney

Enabling Tree for SPC

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-23 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

26

Math Models of Variation

There are tolerance standards for designing single


parts (ANSI Y 14.5 xx)
There is no standard for tolerancing assemblies

People just extend the part standard or finesse

The following slides show how to use the 4x4


matrix method for both nominal part-part location
modeling and variation modeling

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Nominal and Varied KC Relationships

Nominal

Varied

A
KC

C
KC

CC

Each relationship, internal or external,

nominal or varied, is described by a 4x4 transform

Internal relationship
External relationship
Key Characteristic
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

Inside a Car Engine

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-2 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

Chain of Frames for Engine

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-3 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

30

Valve and Lifter Use Selective Assembly

Statistical Tolerancing
cannot deliver this KC

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 6-42 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.

Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,


and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-5 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.

Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,


and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004.
ISBN: 0195157826.

31

How Selective Assembly is Done

Normal Distribution
0.5
0.4
0.3

Shaft

0.2
0.1
0
-4

-3

-2

-1

Bearing

Clearance is
important

Pick and measure a shaft.


If it is a bit big, pick a big bearing to get clearance right.
If it is a bit small, pick a small bearing.
For this to work over a long stretch, there
must be about the same number of big
shafts as big bearings, and the same for small ones.
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

Assembly Process Tolerances

NOMINAL

SHOWING TOLERANCES

TC

TB

TC

TB

TD

TD
T4
TA

T3

T4

TA

T3 + DT3 (PARALLEL)

T2
WORLD
ORIGIN

T1
T0

T2 + DT2 (SIZE)
WORLD
ORIGIN

T1
T0

TC

TB

TD
T4
TA

T3

Not OK!

OK!

T2
T1
T0
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

Nominal Mating of Parts

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-17 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

34

Varied Part Location Due to Tolerances

AF

TFB'

T AB'

B'

TBB'

The varied location of Part B can be calculated


from the nominal location of Part A. This process
can be chained to Part C, etc., including errors on
Part B. It uses the same math as the nominal model.
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

35

Equations for Connective Models


Nominal
Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-19 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Varied
Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 3-20 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

36

Error Transform (Linearized)


1 . z . y
. z 1 . x
DT =
. y . x 1
0
0
0
T = T * DT
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

dx
dy
dz
1

dp

d.

T
T

DT

37

Angle Errors Are Important

Image removed for copyright reasons.


Please see:
Kedrosky, Paul S. "In the Fray: What the Duffers Can Teach Tiger Woods."
The Wall Street Journal (April 14, 2004): D.16.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

38

Transform Order is Important

This is a frame 1 event


2
2
T
D

T=DT11T12

T12

DT11

This is a frame 2 event

1
Tells us what
everything looks
like from frame
1s pov
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

T=T12DT22
Moves the focus to frame 2 and
converts frame 2 events
to frame 1 coords.
39

Daniel E Whitney

Peg Position Error

>> TAD = trans(3,2,4) * roty(dtr (90))


% dtr converts degrees to radians
Y'
Z'
D'
Y
Z
Part A

TAD'

Z'

Y'

D' Y errt
D
X'

TAD'
TAD

errt

D
X'
X

TAD
3

0
0
=
1

0 1
1 0
0 0
0 0

3

2
4

% First method
>> DZ = errt
>> DTAD1 = trans(0,0,DZ)

T AD'1 = DTAD1TAD

% Second method
>> DX = errt
>> DTAD2 = trans(DX,0,0)

>> T AD' 2 = TAD DTAD2


>> T
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

AD' 2 =

TADTDD
40

Peg Length Error

>> TAD = trans(3,2, 4) * roty(dtr(90))


% dtr converts degrees to radians

errt
Y
D
Y
Z
Part A

TAD
TAD
3

D Y errt

D
TAD X

TAD

0
0
=
1

0
1
0
0

1
0
0
0

3
2

DTpp=trans(0,0,randn*.003)

Z
Y

2
Z

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

41

Hole Angle Error

F
F

Part B
TEF
X

TEF
X

X'

EE'
1

Y'
Y

Z
Z'

>> TEF = trans (6,0,1)


1 0 0 6

0 1 0 0

=
0 0 1 1

0
0
0
1

>> DTE' E =roty (dtr (erra))


>> TE 'F = DTE 'ETEF

Y
2

1
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

42

Final Variation at Assembly Level

Where does this point go?

>> TDE = rotz (dtr (180))


1 0 0 0
0 1 0 0

=
0 0 1 0

0 0 0 1

>> TAF = TAD TDE TEF

Part B'
TEF
X

X
E'
E
D' Z'

Part A'

T AD'

X'

0 0 1 4

0 1 0 2

=
1 0 0 10

0 0 0 1

>>T A' F = TAD 'TD ' E 'TE 'F


%TD' E ' = TDE

Y
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

X
Daniel E Whitney

43

MATLAB for Example

TAD=trans(3,2,4)*roty(dtr(90))
TAF=TAD*TDE*TEF
TAD =
TAF =
0
0
-1
0

0
1
0
0

1
0
0
0

3
2
4
1

TEF=trans(6,0,1)

TDE=rotz(dtr(180))
TDE =
-1 0
0 -1
0 0
0 0

TEF =
1
0
0
0

0
1
0
0

var_assemblies

0
0
1
0

0
0
1
0

6
0
1
1
10/4/2004

0
0
1
0

0
0
0
1

0
-1
0
0

1 4
0 2
0 -2
0 1

TAF(1,4)

for i=1:10000
DTad=trans(randn*.003,0,0);
DTdpp=trans(0,0,randn*.003);
DTee=roty(dtr((randn*.003)));
TAF=TAD*DTad*DTpp*TDE*DTee*TEF;
m(i)=TAF(1,4);
end
hist(m,200)

Daniel E Whitney

44

Result for 10000 Samples

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0
3.985

var_assemblies

3.99

10/4/2004

3.995

4.005

4.01

Nominal Value

Daniel E Whitney

4.015

45

Histogram of 100 Samples

4.5

3.5

2.5

1.5

0.5

0
3.992

var_assemblies

3.994

3.996

10/4/2004

3.998

4.002

4.004

4.006

Nominal Value

Daniel E Whitney

4.008

4.01

46

Constructing Matrix Representations of

GD&T

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

47

Position and Angle are Coupled by Rule #1

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 6-15 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

fopt is derived by simulation to give the best Gaussian


fit to the actual diamond
var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

48

Tolerance Zones as 4x4 Transforms


Two dimensional example:

. 1 = 2 T /L
S

F2

2TS

T 0,1 =

D
DT1 , 2 :

F
0

1
0
0
0

0
1
0
0

0
0
1
0

0
0
D
1

1
0
0
0

T1,2 =

0
1
0
0

0
0
1
0

0
0
0
1

dX = 0

= fo p t x 2 Ts / L y

dY = 0

= fo p t x 2 Ts / L x

d Z = fo p t x T s

= 0

opt

= 0.95

T0,2 = T0,1 * T1,2 * DT1,2


var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

49

Table removed for copyright reasons.


Source:
Table 6-1 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

50

Two Ways to Use This Model


Direct Monte Carlo simulation (can use Matlab)
randomly select dX, dY, . x, etc (eliminate parts that violate Rule
#1) (use fopt = 1)Assume that Ts = 3

dX = randn * Ts / 3; .

= randn *2 *Ts / (3* LY)

multiply out all the Transforms


repeat many times, collect histograms

Plug into a closed form solution (use fopt to approximate


Rule #1)
requires assuming a Gaussian distribution for each of the errors
delivers ellipsoids of location and angle error at the end of the
transform chain

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

51

Logic Tree of Control of Variation

Main Decision
We cant meet assembly

KCs by controlling part

variations

We can meet assembly

KCs by controlling part

variations

Functional Build

Build to Print

Selective
Assembly

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Belief in
Coordination

Belief
in systems

Adjustment

Statistical
Process
Control

Daniel E Whitney

52

Functional Build

Accept the fact that the mean cannot be brought to the


desired value:
Too much trouble, time, or cost
Too much variation in the mean
Some other mean may be shifted the other way

Coordinate the parts involved


Keep an eye on things and make adjustments

This is often done on tools and dies if there is one source


(one die) for each part involved
Then the focus is to control variation around the mean

The SPC metric is then Cp


USL LSL

Cp =

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

53

Cp Ignores Mean Shift

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-19 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

54

Logic Tree for Tolerancing

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 6-48 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

var_assemblies

10/4/2004

Daniel E Whitney

55

Assembly Sequence Analysis

Goals of this class

Understand one algorithmic approach to finding all


feasible assembly sequences
Make connection between algorithm and assembly
feature models
See how assembly sequences can be designed

Look at some examples


See a video of computer-aided assembly analysis

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

History

Assembly sequence analysis applied to line

balancing (Prenting and Battaglin, 1964)

Heuristics such as the fastener method (1978)

Bourjault method (1984)


De Fazio/Whitney method (1987)
Gustavson exploded view method SPM (1989)

Baldwin onion skin method (1989)


Sukhan Lee method (force paths, subassemblies,
1989 +)
Wilson method (free directions, 1992+)

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Role of Sequence Analysis in Concurrent

Engineering

Line balancing applies sequence analysis after the


product is designed
Our goal is to push assembly sequence analysis to the
beginning of the development process
It can be an important lever in concept design

It interacts with architecture and affects supply chain,


build to order processes, JIT, etc.
To keep up with designers during fluid concept
design, the assembly engineers need a tool that gives
fast turnaround
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Analysis Alternatives

Find all feasible sequences


Find all linear feasible sequences

add one part at a time

Find one feasible sequence


Find one linear feasible sequence

The first one is of the most interest to assembly line


designers

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Process Phases

Eliminate all truly impossible sequences

parts physically block other parts


sequences dead end before completion

What remain are called feasible = not


impossible
the good, the bad, and the ugly

By various criteria, throw out bad and ugly

Criteria include technical and business issues

This is traditional design:


generate requirements
generate alternatives
use requirements to narrow the alternatives

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Classes of Approaches

Most methods assume one hand


Forbids joining 3 things at one step

Graph theory analysis of liaison diagram

Systematic textual analysis of lists of liaisons that


contain blockers
Cut-set methods applied to the liaison diagram
Onion-skin methods that peel off outside parts

Most of these methods utilize disassembly as the


paradigm but it is not necessary
can you remove part X from parts Y,Z,...? is the same
as can you put part X onto parts Y, Z,...? under most
circumstances
6

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Non-Assembly Steps Can be Included

Reorientation
Tests, lubrication
Temporary disassembly

These can all be handled one way or another if


you are creative

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

The Liaison Diagram


A simple graph that denotes parts as nodes and
connections as arcs
Can be augmented with information about the
connection
threaded hole

a
face/face
& peg/hole

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

face/face

b
Daniel E Whitney

a
b
c
8

Rules of Liaison Diagrams


Each part is a node, each arc is a liaison
Each part has no more than one liaison with any
other part
In a loop of n liaisons, if n-2 arcs are closed, then
attempting to close 1 of the 2 remaining will
automatically close the whole loop:
a
threaded hole

a
face/face
& peg/hole

face/face

b
b

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Generating Sequences

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-3 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Selecting Sequences

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-4 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-5 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Two Alternator Sequences

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-11 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

12

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Two More Alternator Sequences

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-12 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Rules of Sequence Analysis

Parts are rigid

Liaisons (connections between parts) are also


rigid
Once a liaison is made, it stays made

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

Ask and Address Precedence Questions

Goal of questions is to find out what moves are


forbidden
This is done various ways by different methods:

Computer searches for free paths, using local escape


directions and checking for interference
Person detects these

Typical questions:
can this part be added to those parts
can this set of parts be added to that set of parts
must these parts be present/absent in order to add that/those
parts
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

15

Subset and Superset Rules Cut the

Number of Required Questions

These are true only if parts and liaisons are rigid

Subset rule:
if you can add part X to parts {Y} then you can add part
X to any subset of {Y}
fewer parts cant contain blockers that arent in the
original set

Superset rule:

if you cant add part X to parts {Y} then you cant add
part X to a superset of {Y}
adding parts cant remove blockers that are in {Y}
counter-example in Sony tape deck with motor

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

Local and Global Freedom

Local freedom means that the combined escape


directions of all liaisons in the query have a common
direction (dot product of escape vectors = 1)
Global freedom means that there is a long range
escape path that completely separates the parts in the
query
Local freedom can be detected by the computer just
by inspecting the escape directions - easy
Global freedom requires solving the piano movers
problem - difficult or impossible
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Finding Local Freedoms

Use escape direction vectors:


Look at escape direction vectors for each feature

Look for common vector for them all

Conventional screw theory will not work


Its too hard to distinguish one-sided motion limits

Dr. Whitney, what do you do about the facets?

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Generate Precedence Relations

Example of cookie jar and cookies


Can you put the cookies in the jar if the lid is on?
No.
Therefore: cookies to jar > lid to jar

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

19

Diagram Feasible Sequences

Network of sequences represents

States of assembly = feasible subassemblies showing


which liaisons have been completed
Transitions between states

A path through the network is a feasible sequence

Cookies to jar, then lid to jar


Cookies to lid upside down, then jar to lid, then flip

We decide later which is better


assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Simple Assembly Sequence Example


Assembly

Liaison Diagram
B
C

1
B

4
C

A
3

2
D
D

Local escape directions


shown by arrows

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

21

Bourjaults Process as Textual Analysis

Analysis question:

R(a; b, c, d)=Can you make liaison a when


b, c and d are already made?
Ask this question for every liaison a
combined with every other liaison b, c, d
Bourjaults original process uses graphical
analysis based on circuit theory
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Assembly

Liaison Diagram
B
C

Bourjault Method

A
3

D
R(1;2,3,4) Cant answer because 2,3,4 forces 1
Eliminate 2, 3, or 4
Eliminate 2: R(1;3,4) = No (need to know why)
Eliminate 3: R(1;4) = Yes (so 4 is not why)
Eliminate 4: R(1;3) = Yes (so 3 is not why)
So 1>= 3,4 (i.e., 3,4 together is why)
Eliminate 3: R(1;2,4) = No
Eliminate 2: R(1;4) already answered Y
Eliminate 4: R(1;2) = Y
So 1 >= 2,4
Eliminate 4: R(1;2,3) = No
Eliminate 2: R(1;3) already answered Y
Eliminate 3: R(1;2) already answered Y
So 1>= 2,3
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

D
R(2;1,3,4) Cant answer
Eliminate 1: R(2;3,4) = No
Eliminate 3: R(2;4) = Yes
Eliminate 4: R(2;3) = Yes
So 2>=3,4
Eliminate 3: R(2;1,4) = Yes
Eliminate 4: R(2;1,3) = No
Eliminate 1: R(2;3) = aaY
Eliminate 3: R(2;1) = Yes
So 2>=1,3
Done by symmetry:
4>=1,2
3>=1,2
4>=1,3
3>=2,4
4>=2,3

23

Results of Bourjault Method

these two together cant be first

2,4
1
3,4
2
2,3

1,4 do not appear on the RHS,


so they are unprecedented,
so they can be first, in either order

3
1,3
4

Then 2 and/or 3 can be next

1,2
3,4>=1,2

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

1,2>=3,4
1,3>=2,4
1,4>=2,3

2,4>=1,3

24

Simple Assembly Sequence Results


Assembly

Liaison Diagram
B
C

4
C

A
3

2
D
D
PRECEDENCE RULE:

1&4>2&3

DIAGRAM OF
FEASIBLE
SEQUENCES

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

25

Portion of Cutset Method

B
C
1

4
C

A
3

2
D
D

All questions except the last are answered by inspecting local freedom

R(1,2;3,4)? No: 1,2 >=3,4


R(1,4;2,3)? No: 1,4 >=2,3
R(3,4;1,2)? No: 3,4 >=1,2
R(2,3;1,4)? Yes: 1,4 unprecedented
so they can be first.
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

26

Other Methods

Randall Wilson checks global freedom using the


weighted blocking graph
This is essentially a search for unidirectional
escape paths along any of the local escape
directions
The escape directions are generated by inspecting
individual surfaces on adjacent parts that touch
each other, essentially rediscovering the mating
features
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Other Methods, contd

Gustavson and Wolter each generate exploded


views by different methods and then generate
precedence relations from the order along major
explosion directions
A reasonable assumption is that unless there is
some blockage, all moves along one such direction
will be done before starting on another
Gustavson finds a heuristic sequence along major
explosion directions using part c.g.s and asks the
user to fix any errors
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

SPAS and Onion Skin Methods

All local freedoms are checked by the computer

All global freedoms are queried to the user


This has two benefits
the computer does the easy part without attempting the
impossible part or pretending to do it
the user must confront the design and become very
familiar with it
Ref: Daniel Baldwin SM Thesis, MIT, Feb, 1990
Ref: Russ Whipple SM Thesis, MIT, June 1990
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

31

Stability Checking (Simplified)

e
Bas

Esc

Start with the base part or the part in the fixture

By definition, it is stable
Check each of its liaisons
compare local escape direction to gravity
if part cant slide out then mark it stable

Check the liaisons of each of the newly defined


stable parts the same way
If all parts in the liaison diagram can be marked
stable then the assembly is stable
Screw theory can be used to find mobility
assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

Real Assembly Sequence Analysis Example

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-21 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

ASSEMBLY DATA MODEL


PARTS OF REAR AXLE
PARTS
A = CARRIER ASSY
B = BACKING PLATE
C = SHAFT
D = BRAKE DRUM AND T'NUT
E = WITHDRAWN PINION SHAFT & BOLT
F = INSERTED
"
"
"
G = (PUSH IN SHAFT & ) C-WASHER &
PUSH SHAFT OUT
H = OIL
I = COVER
J = BRAKE CABLE, COILED
K = FINAL PRESS TEST
L = AIR TEST PLUG

M = FIRST PRESS TEST

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

LIAISONS

1 = C TO A

2 = B TO A

3 = J TO B

4 = D TO C

5 = G TO C

6 = E TO A

7 = F TO A

8 = L TO A

9 = I TO A

10 = H TO A

11 = K TO A

12 = M TO A

Daniel E Whitney

PRECEDENCE RELATIONS
2>1
5>4
1&2&6>5
5>7
11 > 8
10 > 9
12 > 10
12 > 11
3>1&4&5
7 > 10
9 > 11

33

Rear Axle

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-18 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

34

Rear Axle Differential Subassembly

After Liaison 1 Shaft to Carrier

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-19 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

35

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Pinion Shaft Out (Liaison E) and

Insert C Washer (Liaison G)

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-20 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

36

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Pinion Shaft In (Liaison F)

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-19 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

37

Example assembly

sequence graph

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:
Figure 7-22 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Each path from top


to bottom is a valid
sequence. Each box
is a valid intermedia
assembly state.

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

38

Six Speed Truck Transmission

Second

First
Drawn by T. L. De Fazio

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

39

Juicer

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-16 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

40

Network Complexity Metric

The liaison diagram is a network


How complex is an assembly?
Network complexity metric k: (#arcs) / (#nodes)

Node = part, arc = connection between 2 parts

If n = # parts, then
Min k = (n-1)/n
Max k = n(n-1)/2n = (n-1)/2

Which product will have more assembly


sequences?
Product with big complexity metric

Product with small complexity metric


assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

41

Chinese Puzzle

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

42

Some Data on Liaisons per Part

Liaisons per
Part
Liaisons
per
Part

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 7-29 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

43

More Data: 34 Products

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

44

V-8 Engine Liaison Diagram

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

45

Constraint Limits Liaisons/Part

M = 3(n g 1) + joint freedoms fi


where
n = number of parts
g = number of joints
fi = degrees of freedom of joint

= liaisons / part

= average dof per joint


g = n

f i = g = n
and

planar

spatial

1 .5

1 .2

1 .5

M = 3(n n 1) + n

If M = 0

3 3n
.
=
n( 3)
assy seq anal

3
as n gets large

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

46

y = 276.31x - 1906.3
R2 = 0.9139

3500
3000

2000
# Sequences
Linear (# Sequences)

1500
1000
500
0
0

10

15

20

Number of Liaisons
# Parts
Throttlebody
Ballpoint Pen
Juicer
Rear Axle
Transaxle
6 Speed Transm
Chinese Puzzle

assy seq anal

# Liaisons
5
6
8
13
9
11
14

10/6/2004

7
5
9
12
15
18
84

Liaisons/Part # Sequences
1.4
10
0.83333333
12
1.125
71
0.92307692
938
1.66666667
2450
1.63636364
3318
6
1

Daniel E Whitney

Number of Sequences vs

Number of Liaisons

2500

47

Video

Made by Randy Wilson and co-workers at Sandia


National Labs in 1996
Obtains one feasible sequence by using feasible
escape cones derived from local escape directions
Permits user to edit this sequence

assy seq anal

10/6/2004

Daniel E Whitney

48

The Datum Flow Chain

Goals of this class

Pull together features, constraint, key characteristics,


and tolerances
Present a diagramming technique for designing
assemblies top-down
Do examples

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

What Happens During Assembly?

Most people seem to think that assembly is


fastening
Assembly is really chaining together of
dimensional relationships and constraints
The success of these chains determines the success
of the products quality from an assembly point of
view
A goal of assembly design is to permit these
chains to be defined as the basis for designing
assemblies first, then designing parts
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Assembly Design Overview

The theory has three elements

constraint defines how parts are located with


respect to each other
assembly features on parts define where parts
are located with respect to each other
tolerances on feature size and location define
how accurately parts should be located with
respect to each other
The DFC creates a top-down model that supports
all three elements
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Range of Application of the DFC

Smallest: inside each part (what people do now)

Mid-range: across a set of parts (done occasionally


or in response to problems)
Across parts and assembly machines and fixtures

Across items obtained from or designed by

suppliers (rarely is the need recognized)

The link between top level quality and all


supporting steps and processes
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

The DFC is Not Tolerance Analysis

The DFC allows us to design the scheme by which


the tolerances will be achieved
It does this in the context of creating the constraint
structure by which the parts will be located
Once we design the constraint structure and the
DFC, we can analyze the tolerance capability of
this structure
Often we will find that assembly sequences or
tooling schemes will have to be modified

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Datum Flow Chain

A DFC is a directed acyclic graph that defines the


relationships between assembled parts as well as
assembly fixtures, tooling, and equipment such as
X, z
robots
C

A
Y, Z,
x, y

(6)

A DFC identifies the part mates that convey


dimensional control and identifies the hierarchy that
determines which parts or fixtures define the locations
of which other parts
DFCs also contain information on the type of mating
feature and the amount of motion constraint applied
by that feature
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Mates and Contacts

We have separated joints between parts into two


classes:
Mates convey dimensional location and constraint
from one part to another
when all of a parts mates are complete, it should be
constrained in all 6 degrees of freedom unless free motion is
part of its function

Contacts are redundant and provide strength or partial


constraint

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Example: car wheel, hub, and studs

Hub face

The KCs are:


wheel perpendicular to axle axis
wheel concentric with axle axis

Part features that deliver the KCs are:

hub face perpendicular to axle axis


hub rim concentric with axle axis
wheel rim hole concentric with wheel body
wheel face parallel to rim hole plane

Rim

The rim-to-hole joint is the mate, the studs and nuts

are contacts (no geometric KC circumferentially)

Alternate design has 5 or 6 studs, no rim


Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Liaison Diagrams and DFCs

The liaison diagram shows parts and joints

The DFC emphasizes the mates


Liaison Diagram

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Datum Flow Chain

Daniel E Whitney

Stapler KCs

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Each KC is Delivered by a Chain

Chains of Delivery
HANDLE
CARRIER
PIN

PUSHER

RIVET
STAPLES

ANVIL
BASE

Key Characteristics (KCs)

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

Mates, Contacts, and KC Delivery

HANDLE

CARRIER

PUSHER

Contact

PIN

Mate
RIVET

STAPLES

ANVIL
BASE

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Mates give location.


Contacts reinforce location.
Variation travels from part
to part along the chain
of mates.
12

DFCs and KCs

The DFC delivers the KCs by linking the mates

There must be a chain of mates from one side of


the KC to the other
When there is no direct mate or chain of mates, a
fixture or gage is needed

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Nominal and Variation

The DFC is the constraint plan for getting the


parts to the right places in space so as to deliver
the KC
Each KC should have its own DFC
Often this is impossible, creating KC conflict

If there is variation in the parts, then it flows to the


KC along the DFC
The DFC is the tolerance chain

Variation is passed by the mates, not the contacts

Variation, like constraint, is passed along in the wrench


space of surface contacts inside features
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

Twist Space and Wrench Space Describe

the Behavior of Two Surfaces in Contact

Z
Y

WRENCH SPACE

TWIST SPACE

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

15

Rigorous Definition of Mates and

Contacts

JOINTS

CONTACTS

MATES

PERFORM EFFECTOR FUNCTION


STABILIZE OR REINFORCE
THE LOCATORS
WRENCH

SPACE

TWIST
SPACE

ADJUSTMENTS CAN BE MADE


USING DOF IN THIS SPACE

PERFORMS LOCATOR
FUNCTION

NO CONSTRAINT EXERTED
NO VARIATION PROPAGATES

CONSTRAINT IS
EXERTED ALONG
THESE DIRECTIONS

ADJUSTMENTS CAN BE MADE


USING DOF IN THIS SPACE

VARIATION PROPAGATES
ALONG THESE DIRECTIONS
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

Type 1 and Type 2 Assemblies

Type 1 assemblies arrive at the assembly line with


all their assembly features on them
These features are determined by functional needs

Assembly consists of putting them together by


joining the mates. Fixtures are not needed
After the mates locating a part are joined, any
remaining contacts can be joined
Examples: crankshaft into block, wrist pin into
piston and conn rod, head onto block (dowel pins
+ head face = the mate, head bolts = the contact)
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Type 1 and Type 2 Assemblies - 2

Type 2 assemblies have some incomplete


assembly features on them when they arrive at the
assembly line
these features do not provide enough constraint to
completely determine where the adjacent part will be

These incomplete features are called contacts

they dont carry any KCs

Assembly operations that join contacts require


additional constraint provided by measurements or
fixtures (fixture = passive measurement)
Examples: slip joints in car bodies and aircraft
fuselages
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

A Hybrid Type

Selective assembly is an intermediate form


between Type 1 and Type 2
The parts have complete mate features when they
arrive at the assembly line
However, a fixture or measurement is required

Instead of a slip joint, a selected intermediate part


is used
The resulting joint can be a mate or a contact

select main crankshaft bearing is a mate


select solid valve lifter is a contact
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

19

Types of Variation Problems

Passive Assembly

1. Type-1: Finished assembly configuration

2. Type-1: In process: Assemblability

Active Assembly

3. Type-2: Adjustable using fixtures


Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

4. Hybrid: Adjustable using selective assembly


Daniel E Whitney

20

Front Wheel Drive Transmission

See parts and


operation on
next slide

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

21

OUTPUT

POWER

INPUT POWER

DIFFERENTIAL

HUB
SELECT THRUST WASHER

TRANSFER
CHAIN

TRANSFER
CHAIN
ROTATING CLUTCHES

UNCERTAIN
STACK
HEIGHT

CASE
OUTPUT
POWER

BAND
CLUTCH
THRUST WASHER
OIL PUMP

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Transmission Parts

BELL
HOUSING

How Oil Pressure Gets to Pistons

OIL PUMP POST

KC
OIL PASSAGE
PISTON

OIL GROOVES

OIL PASSAGE

CLUTCHES

OIL PUMP

Thrust Washer
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

23

Select Washer Drives Assembly Sequence

Contact

KC
5

KC

4
1
3
2
Root

Mate
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

DFC

24

Type 1 and Type 2 Assemblies - 3

Required assembly sequence is

join the mates first


join the contacts second
the Neon problem

In type 1 assemblies, it is usually enough to make


each part well; assembly means snapping the
mates together by mating the features
In type 2 assemblies part accuracy is not enough
because the parts do not mate just to each other
but instead need adjustments or fixtures, which
contribute additional errors
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

25

From Parts to Assemblies...

The Key Characteristic

The DFC for that

key characteristic

A piece of the DFC inside one part


Each piece of the DFC inside a part
is a DFC, too. Note that it joins features
that are by definition under exact constraint
with respect to each other as long as the parts
are rigid or are not distorted by locked-in stresses.
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

26

Example - Car Floor Plan - A Type-2

The dimension to be controlled (the Key Characteristic or


KC) is the width L of the floor pan
liaison diagram
contact
Image removed for copyright reasons.
Source:

Figure 8-13 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.

Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,


and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

B
mate

KC
A

27

First Candidate Datum Flow Chain

Step 1

contact

Datum Flow Chain

Step 2

L2

mate

L3

Step 1

C
B

Step 2

L1
L2

KC

L3

If there is some uncertainty in the shape or size of part A,


this assembly process may not yield the correct overall size.
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

Second Candidate Datum Flow Chain

mate

Step 1

Datum Flow Chain

L1

L2

Step 2

Step 2

C
A KC

contact
B

Step 1 B

C
L3

L1
L2

This DFC directly controls the delivery of the KC and is likely to be better
but it may be impossible, in which case another assembly sequence may be needed
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

Properties of DFC

No loops are allowed (else over-constraint?)

In each DFC there is one root node with only


outgoing arcs
Every joint where the DFC passes is a mate
Sum of DOFs constrained = 6 - designed freedom

Incoming arcs are labeled with number of DOFs

constrained or names of directions constrained

DFCs also contain information on the type of


mating feature and the amount of constraint
applied by that feature
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

30

Example Assembly

Controls air flow to engine via


accelerator pedal cable
Reports throttle opening to ECM

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-37 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Throttle Body

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

31

Example Assembly

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-38 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

Alternate DFCs for Throttlebody

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-41 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

3D DFC/Tolerance Analysis

We need to find a chain of mates from one side of


a KC to the other
The designer should do this
In 3D it gets interesting because
different directions may have different chains
The same feature may be a mate in one direction and a
contact in another direction
A new symbol is needed:

It is both a mate and a contact, depending on the


direction
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

34

Rules for Drawing DFCs

Draw the liaison diagram for the assembly

Choose one of the KCs and identify the dof or


dofs that are involved
Identify the base part or origin for the DFC

This should be a part that provides location for other


parts that are involved in the KC

Label the liaisons of the base part with arrows


pointing out

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

35

Rules 2

For each part at each end of the KC, label the liaisons with
arrows pointing toward the part
Label each of these liaisons with the dof that need to be
constrained in order for the KC to be delivered, as well as
those needed to provide proper constraint
Assume temporarily that the part or parts at the other end
of each of these arrows is properly constrained
Think up an assembly feature joining the KC end part and
each of its immediate neighbors that is capable of
constraining the required dof

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

36

Rules 3

Remove the assumption that the previous part was properly


constrained, and figure out how to constrain it by repeating
the above process for it
Proceed backwards in this fashion until you reach the base

part, which is always assumed to be properly constrained

If full constraint cannot be provided all along the chain just


by using part-to-part mates, then fixtures (temporary parts)
have to be added

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

37

Rules 4: Separating the DFC into

Individual KC Directions

Choose a KC and one of its dof


Choose a part at one end of this KC

Identify the mate or mates on this part that are needed to


constrain the chosen dof
The best way to do this is with Screw Theory
Other than that, you have to use high school geometry and
geometric reasoning

Erase liaisons to the chosen part that do not carry these dof

Continue in this fashion until you reach the base part


Repeat for the part at the other end of the KC

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

38

Building a Stapler DFC

Hammer

Hammer

Handle

Hammer

Handle

Handle

6 Plane-plane

Carri er
Pusher

Pin

Step 2

Carrier

Rivet
Staples

Anvil

6 Plane-plane
Base

Staples

The KC requires 5 dof

Staple
Carrier

Staple

Hammer

Carrier

Handle

6 Plane-plane

Carrier

5 Pin-hole

Step 1

Pin

Step 3
Carrier

5 Pin-hole

Pin

6 Plane-plane

Staples
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Pin
39

Door Assembly

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-42 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

40

GM and Ford Hinge Mounting

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-47 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

GM Method
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Ford Method
Daniel E Whitney

41

GM Door Mounting to Car

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-47 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

42

Ford Door Mounting to Car

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-47 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

43

DFCs for Car Doors


Liaison Diagram

DFC if this were a Type-1

DI

DI
KC1

Body

Seal

Body

Seal

KC2
DO

DO
Ford Process

GM Process

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-49 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.


Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-52 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.


Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development.
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004.
ISBN: 0195157826.
44

KC Delivery Chains for Each KC - GM

Method

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-50 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

45

KC Delivery Chains for Each KC - GM

Method

Seal KC

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-51 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

46

Door Process Comments

The designer should create these DFCs, with

participation of manufacturing engineers

The chain is the thing to manage, not the parts or


the fixtures separately
The chain will never exist all at once, in one place,
at one time. This makes management hard.
When a fixture like F1 sets door inner to door
outer, the parts remember the positioning and its
errors
The DFC captures organizational interactions

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

47

GM Door DFC with Organizations

All Directions
Engineering

Door Outer

Manufacturing

F1

Appearance KC
Car
Body

Door
Inner

Seal KC
Seal
F2

Purchasing
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Hinges & Cones


Daniel E Whitney

48

767 Wing Skin Subassembly

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-64(a) in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

49

Assembly Using a Fixture - Type-2

Fixture

Splice Stringer 3

Aft Skin

Splice Str 3

Forward Skin

Aft Skin

Stringers 1 & 2

Fwd Skin

Str 1-2

Plus Chord

Stringers 4-11

Liaison Diagram

Str 4-11

Plus Chord

Datum Flow Chain

Plus
Chord

Forward Skin
Splice stringer

Aft Skin
Fixture
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

50

Assembly Using Features on the Parts -

Type-1

Splice
Str3

(6)

Aft
Skin

(6)

(6)

Fwd
Skin

FORWARD SKIN

Str1-2

PLU

(5)
(1)

ORD
S CH

SPLICE STRINGER

(6)

Plus
Chord

Str4-11
AFT SKIN

(a)

ASSEMBLY LEVEL DATUMS


PART LEVEL DATUMS
MATING FEATURE (SLOT)
MATING FEATURE (HOLE)
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

51

Datum Flow Chain for Car Front End


F1

L. Body Side

R. Body side

Underbody

L. Door

R. Door

F
6

L. O. Rail
y,z

F
x, y, z
y

x, x,y, z

L. Apron

L. O. Shot.

z, x y

F
x, y, z

z, y

y, z, y, z

R.I. Rail

x, z, x, y

F
x, x,y, z

x, x

x, x

F
6

Hood

x, z
x, y

Hood fixture

L. I. Shot.

y, z

R. Apron

x, y, z
y

z, x y

R. O. Shot.

x, y, z

R. Fender

L. Bracket
Hood Latch

y, z

Bolster

z, y

R. Hinge
L. Bracket

y, z, y, z

R. I. Shot.

L. Hinge

L. Fender

R. O. Rail

L. I. Rail

Dash

R. Lamp

L. Lamp

x, z, x, y, z
x, z, x,
y, z

Datum Flow Chain

Fascia
10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Drawn by Gennadiy Goldenshteyn, MIT Student

52

DFC for Car Doors

Seal

Bodyside

Door Outer

x, z, y

Glass Set Fixt.

y, x, z

Glass
x, z

x, z, y

x, z, y

Rear Door Inner


F2
x

x, z

y, z

Latch reinf.

Rear Reg. Rail

Lower Hinge

z
x, z

Frt. Reg. Clamp

y, z, x

x, z, y

Frt. Reg. Rail

y, z

F6
x, z, y

Datum Flow Chain

F3

Inner Belt Reinf.

y, x,, y

Upper Hinge

y, x, z x, z, y

x, z, z

F5
6

F7

Rear Reg. Clamp

x, z, y

y, x, z

Frt. Glass Guide

Latch

Outer Belt Reinf.


x,z

Pin on hinge

F4

x, z, y

F8

y, x,

Striker

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

y, z

Frt. Door Inner

y, z,
x

x, y, z

Lower tap. plate


x, y, z

Upper53
tap. plate

Drawn by Gennadiy Goldenshteyn and Jagmeet Singh, MIT Students

Assembly Precedence Constraints

Contact Rule
Permissible subassemblies are connected subgraphs in a
DFC
In other words, subassemblies with only contacts between parts are not
permitted, so all mates must be completed before any contacts are completed

Constraint Rule
Subassemblies with incompletely located parts are not
permitted
Every subassembly must have fully located parts, so all incoming mates must
be done simultaneously (a>=b & b>= a)

If necessary, a fixture (considered to be a part)


may be added to help obey the rule
A practical consequence is that assembly
sequences will build the DFC from the root out
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

54

Variation propagation analysis using DFC

Tolerance chain for any KC can be derived by


traversing the DFC
Since DFC is a directed acyclic graph, there is a
unique tolerance chain for any KC
For type-1 assemblies, all assy sequences will

have identical tolerance chains and variation

Type-2 assemblies are process-determined, hence


have to evaluate each process and its fixtures
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

55

DFC and Constraint

Over-constraint can show up if the DFC has

A branch followed by a merge


A loop (should not occur)
A mate consisting of multiple features

You need to check each case individually

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

56

DFCs, Tolerances, and Constraint

Constraint not OK
at nominal

Constraint OK
at nominal
dimensions

Constraint is robust
to variation:
there is a unique and
permanent DFC:
mates stay mates,
contacts stay contacts
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Constraint is not robust:


mates and contacts do not
maintain their identity there is no unique
and permanent DFC
Daniel E Whitney

Overconstrained:
there is no DFC
as we define it
(or else you need
a stress analysis
to find it)

57

Assembly Design 1: Nominal Design Phase

Identify the KCs


Decide type 1 vs type 2 (*could be revised)

Identify constraint plan plus fixtures and

adjustments if any*

Define the DFCs, features, mates, and contacts for


each KC*
Check for proper constraint
Find feasible assembly sequences and choose one*

Check for KC conflict


See if different assembly sequence removes KC
conflict
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

58

Assembly Design 2:

Variational Design Phase

Analyze tolerances to see if DFC is robust


Analyze tolerances to see if KCs are delivered

See if a different assembly sequence gives better


variation
Revise * as necessary

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

59

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Design Procedure for Properly


Constrained Assemblies

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-58 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

60

Summary of Assembly Theory -

Nominal Design

An assembly is a set of parts that deliver their quality,


as defined by the KCs, as a result of achieving proper
geometric relationships between the parts
Designing an assembly means designing these

relationships in terms of one DFC per KC

The DFC documents the nominal constraint relationships

The DFC passes from part to part via mates

The nominal design is a constraint structure onto


which we paste parts
Assembly features generate and enforce the constraint
relationships at each mate
Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

61

Summary of Assembly Theory -

Variation Design

Tolerances should assure the robustness of the DFC

KC delivery is verified by a tolerance analysis of

each DFC. Variation passes through the mates.

Tolerances on parts flow from tolerances on the


KCs
Type -1 assembly-level variation comes from part
variations
Type - 2 assembly level variation can be altered by
adjustments to the assembly process

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

62

Summary of Concepts

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 8-59 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Datum Flow Chain

10/14/2004

Daniel E Whitney

63

Assembly in the Large: Basic Issues

Goals of this class

put assembly in the large in the context of product


development
relate it to customer expectations

start to think about architecture

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

FRONT-END PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT PROCESS


CUSTOMER
NEEDS
(DOCUMENT
AS PKCs)

THE BASIC VALUE PACKAGE


FUNCTIONALITY
PRICE

PRODUCT
SPECIFICATIONS

RANK BY
NEED
SATISFACTION
RANK BY
COST AND RISK
ASSESS VALUE
OF SATISFIED NEEDS
AGAINST COST & RISK

AITL FLOW
Basic
PDP PROCESS

PRELIM ARCHITECTURE,
KC FLOWDOWN, AND
REUSE STRATEGY

CONCEPT
GENERATION

PRELIM TECHNOLOGY PLAN


AND SUPPLIER STRATEGY
PRELIM MFR COST EST
ID HIGH RISK AREAS

CONCEPT SELECTION

REFINE SPECIFICATIONS

AITS & AITL occur


here during concept
design

WRITE CONTRACT BOOK:


SELECTED CONCEPT
TARGET SPECS
TARGET COST
TARGET PROCESSES
FOR DESIGN, MFR, IT
TARGET SCHEDULE
AND RESOURCES
ID RISKS AND FALLBACKS
SUPPLIERS,
10/22/2004
Daniel E Whitney
1997-2004
Daniel Whitney 1997 OUTSOURCING,
AND PARTNERS

PKC: PRODUCT KEY


CHARACTERISTIC
KC FLOWDOWN: TRACING
ABILITY TO DELIVER
EACH PKC DOWN TO
SUBASSYS, PARTS,
2
SUPPLIERS

A Little History

Is my product ready for robot assembly?


Well, is your product ready for assembly at all?

What are the requirements for assembly?


Can we explain them to a machine?
Do we understand the product well enough that
our suggestions
make sense
do not compromise performance

We may have to reverse engineer it to find out

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Product Character

Which of the following products is most like a fire


extinguisher?
(a) sewing machine

(b) hand grenade


(c) lawn sprinkler

What are the issues that go into answering this


question?

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Two Kinds of Copiers

Industrial strength and capacity


Costs a lot
Is finnicky: design is not robust
Customer can afford full time service person

Home or small business


Must be low cost

Must work

Cant afford service person on site

The manufacturer did OK with the first but failed


with the second
AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Manual Sewing

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-11 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Source: "Real Robots Do Need Jigs," Daniel E Whitney,

Harvard Business Review, May-June 1986, pp 110-116

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Machine Sewing - 1

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-12 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Machine Sewing - 2

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-12 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

The needle pokes through the cloth and leaves a loop.

The bobbin is shown passing through the loop.

In fact, a hook catches the loop and slips it under the bobbin.

When this step is finished, an arm above pulls the loop tight.

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Comparison of Manual and Machine Sewing Methods

Manual

Machine

Number of
"hands"

Two

One

Number of
threads

One

Two

Grasp of
needle

Repeated
grasp/ungrasp

Never

ungrasp

Location of eye

Rear of needle

Tip of needle

Needle movement

Passes through
Flips 180

Point penetrates
Never flips

Joining method

One thread passes


through repeatedly

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Two threads
interlock but
never pass through
9

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 12-2 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Four Ways to Print

10

Comparing 4 Ways to Print

Basic
actuation
method and
power source
# DOF

# of parts
Structure

Typewriter
Manual,
complex
linkages
Carriage:2
Ribbon: 2
Keys: 1
each*50+
keys*many
links/key
Key carrier: 1
Many hundreds
Heavy metal

Shapes printed Fixed character


shapes

Colors
Media
Assembly
AITL Basic

Two
Paper, two or
three sheets
Manual,
lengthy, tedious
10/22/2004

Ballhead
Manual input,
solenoid
actuation,
simple linkages
Platen: 1
Ribbon: 2
Keys: 1
each*50+ keys
electrically
actuated
Ball carrier: 3
Hundreds
Heavy metal
Fixed character
shapes bu t
different balls
have different
fonts
Two
Paper, several
sheets
Manual,
lengthy, easy

Dot Matrix
Electro-magnet
for each dot
maker

Inkjet
Piezo-electric
for each color
of ink

Platen: 1
Ribbon: 2
No keys
Dot carrier: 1
Each dot: 1

Platen: 1
No ribbon
No keys
Jet carrier: 1

25-50
Metal and
plastic
Unlimited
shapes bu t low
resolution

10-20
Almost all
plastic
Unlimited
shapes and high
resolution

Two
Paper, many
sheets
Automatic &
manual

Unlimited
Any, but one
sheet
Manual, quick,
easy

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

11

Takeaways

There are many ways to implement a function

They differ in technology choice, materials,


degrees of freedom, allocation of dof, number of
parts
Different implementations have different
capabilities for function, customization, upgrade
They also have different assembly requirements

Sometimes assembly requirements can drive


redesign IBM ProPrinter example
AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

12

Steps in AITL - 1

Understand the business context

product character, type of market, customer expectations


sales volume anticipated
model variety anticipated
plans for new versions
delayed commitment
supplier logistics and make vs buy
cost limits
labor costs and any regulations
cost calculation and ROI methods

ROI targets

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

16

Steps in AITL - 2

Understand the factory context


labor conditions, training, shift policies
space and facility constraints

Understand the as -is assembly (AITL)


study the existing manual process, if any
inspecting fiber

ignore the existing manual process and focus on


technical and economic requirements

may give rise to a new level of DFA especially if


automatic assembly is under consideration
sewing, Sony VCR line, RAM with fuses

do not ever imply that performance might have to be


compromised!

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

17

Steps in AITL - 3

Identify system requirements


alternate assembly sequences
tentative cycle time
production flow and floor layout

parts presentation
feasible methods and equipment

required sensing and communication


required displays and controls
fixtures and parts carriers
AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

18

Steps in AITL - 4

Design a concept assembly system

system architecture
equipment selection and task assignment
cost and economic performance
simulation
average flow and production rate
model changeovers and maintenance (scheduled downtime)
failures, repair time (unscheduled downtime)
queues, blockage, starvation (unscheduled downtime)

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

19

Steps in AITL - 5

Make final recommendations


additional design improvements
line design or sequence options

remaining risk areas


cost estimates

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

20

Structure of System Design Issues

Local

Global

Economics and market


targets
Volume growth
Model varieties
Design volatility
Quality, reliability, safety
Make or buy decisions
Build to order/stock

Cost and productivity goals


How it interfaces to the factory
Labor policies
Failure modes and repair policies
Space needs

Product

Assembly
System

AITL Basic

10/22/2004

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Assembly sequences
Types of operations
Geometric constraints
Part size and weight
Shape, stiffness
Tolerances and
clearances
Tests and inspections

System layout
Equipment choice
Task assignment
Part feeding and
logistics

21

Product Architecture

Goals of this class

understand product architecture and its role in product


development
see the effect of different architectures on some AITL
issues
look at examples of different architectures

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Definition of Product Architecture

Product architecture is the scheme by which the

functional elements of the product are arranged

into physical chunks and by which the chunks

interact

This definition links architecture to system-level

design and the principles of system engineering

Architecture also has profound implications for


how the product is designed, made, sold, used,
repaired, etc
Architecture makes its influence felt during
assembly
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Front and Rear Wheel Drive Architectures

Same elements, arranged differently

fwd & rwd

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Role of Architecture in Product Development

MARKET OPPORTUNITY
MODULE
CHOICE
ARCHITECTURAL
CHOICE

MARKET
SEGMENTATION

RE-USE
STRATEGIES
FLEXIBILITY
AND RISK
MITIGATION

PLATFORM
OPPORTUNITIES
TECHNOLOGICAL
OPPORTUNITY

TECHNOLOGY
PLANNING

EXAMPLES: BOEING JETS


DENSO PANEL METERS
TELEMECHANIQUE CONTACTORS
B & D HAND TOOLS
architecture
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

PROJECT
PORTFOLIO
MANAGEMENT
PRODUCT
FAMILY
MANAGEMENT

LONGER RANGE

OUTSOURCING
OPPORTUNITIES
AND RISKS

Architectures Influences

During product
development

How families and platforms are


structured
How functions are realized
How reuse and standardization
are accomplished
How development work is
divided up
Where subassembly and
module boundaries are
Where DFCs go
In the product
In the organization
Along the supply chain

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Architectures Influences - 2

During production system


design

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Assembly sequences

Reuse of facilities and


knowledge
Planning for flexibility

Sharing of facilities to
match capacity to demand

Daniel E Whitney

Architectures Influences - 3

During manufacturing and Where production happens

assembly
How customer orders are
fulfilled
How unpredictable
demand patterns are met
During use

Product Arch

10/26/2004

How service is delivered

How the product is


updated
How the product is
recycled
7
Daniel E Whitney

Integral and Modular Architectures

Integral = functions shared


by physical elements
Examples...
Some reasons integral is
used...

Modular = each function is


delivered by a separate element
Examples...

Some reasons modular is used...

Is either kind of architecture better than the other?

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Architecture and the S-Curve

New product:
Stress on innovation
Companies and
and customers
are exploring
Reliability not important
Consistency irrelevant
No dominant
architecture

Dominant design (architecture) emerges:

Customers know

what they want

Companies know
what they have to do
Mature product:
Stress on process innovation
Reliability, consistency important
Reuse and standards dominate
Source: Utterback, von Hippel

In some cases, there is evolution from rapid change strategy


Time
to high variety strategy [Sanderson and Uzumeri] over time
Architecture may evolve from integral to modular [Christensen] or not!
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Integral/Modular Comparisons

Modul ar

Integ ral

Ch un ks ma y be in teg ra l ins id e bu t are


ind ep ende nt from each oth er
funct iona lly and ph ysically

Ch un ks ma y be in teg ra l ins id e and


int er d ep ende nt amon g each oth er

Standa rd , p re-d es igned int er faces can


be us ed that can re ma in the sam e even
if in te rna l cha ract er istics ch ang e

Int erf aces a re ta ilored to the chu nk s


an d are de p end en t on func tion al
be hav ior

Modu les can be s p ecialized to th eir


ind ividua l cont ribu tion s to over all
funct ion and can be us ed
int er chan ge ab ly

Ch un ks a re tai lore d to th eir app licati on


an d can n ot b e in te rchan ge d w ith out
re qui ri ng cha n ges to other chu n ks

Unp re d icta bility of mo d ul e cho ice


re qui re s ov er- d esign elsew here to
acc ommo d at e poss ible mis m atch es

Ove ra ll d es ign can be opt imiz ed for a


p re d icta ble set of fun ctions an d
impl em entat ions

Standa rd int er faces are ph ysically


sepa rat e from th e mo d u le an d th us
w ast e oth er d esign re sou rces su ch as
spac e or wei gh t; in ter faces are we ak

Int erf aces can be i nt egr al to th e chun k,


sav ing spac e or w eight ; int erf aces a re
s trong

Int erf ace mana ge m ent, if p lann ed


p rop er ly, can p rov id e flexibility d u rin g
p rod uct ion

Int erf ace mana ge m ent occu rs en tirel y


d ur ing de sign an d is froz en; it is not
aim ed at flexibility a fter de sign

Busi n ess p erf ormanc e ma y be favo red

Techn ical p er forman ce ma y be favore d

Product Arch

Adapted from J-P MacDuffie Automotive Build to Order The Modularity - e-Business Link IMVP talk 9/27/00
10/26/2004
Daniel E Whitney

10

Integral/Modular Options*

Each function is
realized by

Cast or molded parts


Transaxle
case

VLSI

Modular
architecture

One part

Typical
simple
assembly

Many parts

Many functions are


realized or shared by

Integral
architecture

Ulrich and
Eppinger

Most assemblies
Car door

Integral
chain or holistic
architecture

Integral or
coupled
architecture

Mixed architectures are the most common, in which some functions are realized
by some options and others by other options
*Tim Cunningham, MIT PhD thesisChains of Function Delivery: A Role for
Product Architecture in Concept Design Feb 1998

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

Lehnerd-Meyer Platform Concept

MARKET SEGMENTS

MARKET
TIERS

DERIVATIVE PRODUCTS
AIMED AT SPECIFIC
MARKET TIERS
OR SEGMENTS
PRODUCT
PLATFORMS

CUSTOMER
NEEDS

PRODUCT
TECHNOLOGIES

MANUFACTURING
PROCESSES

ORGANIZATIONAL
CAPABILITIES

COMMON BUILDING BLOCKS

Courtesy of: THE POWER OF PRODUCT PLATFORMS by Marc H. Meyer and Alvin P. Lehnerd, (c) 1997 The Free Press.
Used with permission.
Product Arch
10/26/2004
12

Daniel E Whitney

Example Platform

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 14-15 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Originally one mechanical board and one circuit board using through hole electronics
Later one board for all using surface mount electronics
Outside shell changed to meet different style and customer needs while guts stay the same
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Denso Panel Meters: Architecture and

DFA Driven by JIT in Assembly

Denso makes many kinds of panel meters for Toyota.


Toyota orders different ones in different amounts every day.
ND designed an assembly family of meters and can make
any quantity of any kind at any time by selecting the right
parts. Assembly interfaces were standardized for all parts. The result is
assembly-driven manufacturing.
Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 1-7 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Each path yields


a different kind
of meter.
288 different kinds of meters can be made
with no additional cost or delay, and
almost no changeover time.
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

Panel Meter Family Assembly Architecture

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 14-11 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

ONE INSTANCE OF
THE PANEL METER

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

SEVERAL INSTANCES

OF THE PANEL METER

15

Panel Meter Assembly Architecture and DFC

KC (Function)
NEEDLE

FIXED
SHAFT

M
SH OVI
AF NG
T

NEEDLE

DIAL
FACE

FIXED
SHAFT

DIAL
FACE

BASE
BASE

BASE

BIMETAL

NEEDLE

MOVING
SHAFT
BIMETAL
CASING

BIMETAL

(a) BASIC PART-PART RELATIONSHIPS

CASING
CASING

(b) DIMENSIONAL FLOW


BETWEEN PARTS

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

(c) DIMENSIONAL
FLOW WITHIN
PARTS

16

Panel Meter KCs

Function of each meter


Alignment of parts stack
Placement of moving pin and stationary pin

Function of the family

Negotiation of family variety dimensions

Common architecture along stack of parts

Same DFC for each family member


Each family member mechanizes each function the
same way using similar part designs
All inter-part mates standardized for each version of a
part type or placement on the stack
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Fabrication-Driven Manufacturing
FABRICATION

ASSEMBLY

ORDERS

RELIES ON FABRICATION TO EXPRESS MODEL


MIX AND ACHIEVE FLEXIBILITY:
IN RESPONSE TO ORDERS, COMPLEX
PARTS ARE MADE AND THEN ASSEMBLED
INTO FINAL ITEMS.
THIS IS A LOW BANDWIDTH METHOD BECAUSE
FABRICATION TAKES SO LONG.

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Assembly-Driven Manufacturing (Denso


Panel Meters)
FABRICATION

ASSEMBLY

ORDERS

RELIES ON ASSEMBLY TO EXPRESS MODEL MIX


AND ACHIEVE FLEXIBILITY:
SIMPLE PARTS ARE MADE TO STATISTICAL TRENDS.
IN RESPONSE TO ORDERS, ITEMS ARE ASSEMBLED.
THIS IS A HIGH BANDWIDTH METHOD BECAUSE
ASSEMBLY HAPPENS SO QUICKLY.
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

19

Densos Flexibility Dimensions

Volume change (market controls)


aggregate, distribution within aggregate

Product variation (customer controls)

configuration

size

model
type

Design change (Denso controls)

minor, model, next generation

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Demand Fluctuations

One year
Model C
One
years
needs

Model Cs plant
Model Bs
plant

Model B
Model As plant
Model A
One switchable plant
can make all models and
needs only full years
Capacity - Denso does
it with product design

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Three focused plants must each


have max capacity anticipated
for its product

Daniel E Whitney

21

Lightweighting Cars

Steel approach
high strength steel in small amounts
integral design
welded

Aluminum design
rely on lower weight material
modular design
tinker-toy assembly

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Ultralite Steel and Aluminum Car Bodies

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 14-3 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Rib-stiffened Shell
Photo from Am Iron and Steel Inst

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Space Frame
Photo from Audi

23

Airbus: Architecture Driven by Politics

Airbus Industrie was a consortium that shared revenue


and profits according to a work-content formula
This formula was based on a decomposition of the
plane
wings to British Aerospace
fuselages to Deutsche Aerospace
tail sections to CASA (Spain)
final assembly and integration to EADS

The A380 caused problems


The wings are too big to transport to Toulouse by air
A special handling system was developed for land and water
transport
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

24

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-33 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Airbus A319, 20, 30, 40

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-35 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

Commonality, Carryover, Reuse

A mystery: how could Toyota design cars with so


few engineering hours?
By outsourcing (1970s-80s)
By carrying over parts (1980s-90s)
paradox: heavyweight program manager -> parts proliferation

By overlapping whole car programs (1990s)

Toyotas definitions
OK to reuse parts the customer doesnt see
Reuse of a body shop means reuse of assembly

sequence and assembly locators

Whoops! There goes $75M.


Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 14-6 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Ford Motor Co.


Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

34

Elements of Carryover and Reuse

Consistency of interfaces

between adjacent parts


between parts and tools
between parts and fixtures
assembly sequence

Consistency of performance (out of scope for this course)

strength
materials compatibility

dynamics

coherence as defined by Fujimoto and Clark

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

35

Product Structures

Ulrichs types (called architectures)

integral (parts are combined)


slot (parts share structured common base)

bus (parts share unstructured common base)


sectional (parts are linked)

Redford and Chals

integral (parts are combined)


differential (parts are separated)
stack/serial (Tower of Hanoi)
array/parallel (circuit board)

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

36

Business-Driven Structures

variety

assy seq

Mushroom product (Mather)

inside/outside or assembly sequence chosen to permit


delayed committment or to accommodate long lead time
items
only a few parts are in the variable set (head of mushroom)

Plain vanilla box strategy (Tayur)


similar to mushroom but often focused on inventory
management and smoothness of line operations

Denso panel meters


no mushroom or vanilla box segment can be found
no base plus variations can be found
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

39

How DELL Does It

Product is highly modular


Suppliers own inventory until assembly starts

Order takers know what is in stock


Order takers know what modules are mutually
compatible
Customers are lured to what is in stock that meets
their needs using short delivery time
There are runners and expediters scouring the
earth for parts
Inventory turns were 6 only 4 years ago vs 20 now

Product
Why
cant
Detroit be like DELL?
Arch
10/26/2004
40
Daniel E Whitney

Volvos 21 Day Car

Cars are delivered to customers 21 days after order

All high value items are built less than a few

hours transit time from final assembly line

Engines, transmissions, seats, instrument panels

Many mid-value or highly variable items are built


in the final assembly plant in nearby shops
Steering columns

There are big stocks of low value parts


The biggest problem is unpredictable paint quality

Only 20 colors and 3 body styles avail


Cars are painted on spec and picked to meet orders
from 10/26/2004
a one shift size buffer
Product Arch
41
Daniel E Whitney

Volvos 21 Day Car - 2

Customer can choose:


Seats
Interior colors
Roof rails
A/C, cruise control
Electr windows & mirrors

Random access buffer of ~ 300 painted bodies


= 8 hrs worth - 3 body types,
20 colors = 5 duplicates of any one item

Car assigned

To customer

4 hours before

Final assy starts

Weld
(4-6 hrs)
Seat
plant

Paint
(4-6 hrs)

Final assembly (8 hrs)


Specific order
build starts

4 hrs

165K/yr
2 shifts=
~1.5 min/car

3 hrs

5 hrs

Source: Mr Etienne De Jaeger, Volvo (Ghent)

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

42

Telemechanique Motor Contactors:

Architecture Driven by Customers

CONTACTORS START AND STOP MOTORS FROM WATTS TO KWATTS

THE FAMILY IS A SET OF SIMILAR-LOOKING ITEMS WITH SIZE WATTS


BASIC IDEA: MODULES ARE CUSTOMER'S VIEW
SUBASSEMBLIES ARE MANUFACTURER'S VIEW
THE CUSTOMER PUTS THE PRODUCT TOGETHER FROM MODULES
THEREFORE: DESIGN THE "BUYING EXPERIENCE" FIRST
DESIGN THE CATALOG, CROSS-INDEX, LINK TO USES

DETERMINE THE CORRECT MODULES


STANDARDIZED MOUNTINGS, TERMINALS, BOXES

THEN DEFINE SUBASSEMBLIES


THEN PLAN THE RANGE OF IMPLEMENTATIONS
ACROSS POWER LEVELS
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

43

Architecture of Power Tools

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 14-25 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

CLAMSHELL ARCHITECTURE

Brand X late 70s


(still used)
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

45

Alternate Architecture for Power Tools

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 14-23 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AXIAL/STACK ARCHITECTURE WITH COMMON MOTOR MODULE

Black & Decker ~ 1981


(still used)
See Lehnerd, Alvin P, Revitalizing the Manufacture and Design of Mature Global Products
In Bruce Guile and Harvey Brooks, eds, Technology ad Global Industries, Washington,
National Academy Press, 1987.
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

46

Drill Architectures

Bosch

Milwaukee

Craftsman

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Craftsman

Daniel E Whitney

51

Architecture Tradeoffs for Power Tools

Clamshell design easy to assemble manually


Long history of cost reduction
Cant assemble automatically or robotically
Stack architecture easy to assemble automatically

Allows huge economies of scale in motors


Represents a paradigm shift
How did Black and Decker accomplish it?
a shocking answer

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

52

AMP Powerline Splice

Two use case scenarios


how to buy
how to make

Product architecture aligned to both

Looked great on paper and prototype

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

53

Existing Power Line Splice Scenario

PREMADE

PHONE RINGS: SIZE OF CABLE

SELECT TUBE AND INSERTS

CALL FED EX

IN THE FIELD: TRANSPORT SPLICE, GENERATOR, HYDRAULIC POWER


SUPPLY, AND PRESS TO SITE
INSERT CABLE AND INSERTS, SQUEEZE

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 14-31 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

54

New Power Line Splice Scenario

ASSEMBLED SPLICE

HOW IT WORKS

THE BUSINESS CASE


PREASSEMBLED
PHONE RINGS: SIZE OF CABLE

PRICE: $100

SELECT JAWS
SWAGE TAPER

CALL FED EX
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

55

What Happened...

PREASSEMBLED
PHONE RINGS: SIZE OF CABLE
SELECT JAWS

SWAGE TAPER

Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

56

Failure and Remedies

Batch size one plus learning curve

The first one has to work


If it doesnt, you cant keep trying until it works
because it kills the business case

Attempted fix:
Redesign so that swage is done before commitment
Insert selected jaws after swaging
Company rejected this: if the charge ignites, it might
shoot the jaws out like bullets
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

57

Summary

The influence of product architecture is pervasive

It affects most aspects of product design and


manufacturing
Product family design

Product structure including outsourcing and main


subassemblies
Fulfillment, including customization and rapid response

The outcomes of architecture decisions are


implemented during assembly
Product Arch

10/26/2004

Daniel E Whitney

58

Discrete Event Simulation

Goals of this class

Simulation

Understand discrete event simulation

See how it applies to assembly systems


Understand its strengths and weaknesses
See some statistics about real systems

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Stoppage? What stoppage?

It is very hard to achieve high uptime

People do not notice the stops that add up the


most: the very short ones
Story (on a later slide) about loop machine with
three tenders
Denso rules for line workers repairing their own
machine
you have 30 minutes to fix it yourself

if you dont think you can fix it or if 30 min are up, call
the repair crew
Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Histogram of Stoppage Durations

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-3 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Where Do All The Seconds Go?

W. M. Chow, Assembly Line Design, Marcel Dekker, 1990

24 hours per day


Scheduled operating time (utilization)
Unscheduled (bad) downtime
part jams
queue block/starve
machine broken
Image removed for copyright reasons.

Scheduled (good) downtime


tool change
variety change
preventive maintenance
employee breaks

Source:

Figure 16-2 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E.


Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development .
New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Process efficiency
task time variation, line balance, logistics, scheduling
Process quality
% bad parts or cycles
Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Block Line Uptime Varies Greatly from

Plant to Plant

80%

scheduled
stops(tools/variants
/TPM)

60%

unscheduled stops
(tool, machine,
parts)

40%

21

16

0%

Note: Data not available


for some lines
11

20%

uptime

percent of scheduled time

100%

individual lines

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Uptime Is a Property of the Engine Plant

Uptime Values Provided by Engine Plants

Note that on Average, in one Plant, there is less than a 15% Difference in Uptime between

any of the 3 Machining Lines

100%
90%

Uptime BLOCK
Uptime CRANK
Uptime HEAD

80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
Engine Plants

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

How to Get 85% Uptime

Loop-style assembly machine for washing


machine feet
Two people with wands to beat stuck part feeder
tracks
Machine with bus-style pull cord

When a track jams, the people whack at it with


their wands and yank the cord to restart the
machine
Result is 85% uptime
Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Basics of Simulation

Allows for inclusion of a variety of random events

machine stoppages
queue blockages and starvation
absence of workers, pallets, parts, fixtures
resource contention and levels of service
queue capacity

Companies are surprisingly unaware of the effects of


random events and do not take good data on downtime
We made the line lean. It had no buffers. It didnt
work.
Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Simulation

Uses a system definition to run a time-based


simulation
Often includes random variables
Can be continuous time or discrete event

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

Continuous and Discrete

Continuous means equal size time steps

Discrete event means that time advances until the


next event can occur
time steps during which nothing happens are skipped

duration of activities determines how much the clock


advances

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

10

Components of a D. E. Simulation

Simulations contain

activities where things happen to entities during some


time (which may be governed by a probability
distribution)
queues where entities wait an undetermined time
entities that wait in queues or get acted on in activities

entities can have attributes like kind, weight, due


date, priority

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

11

Things that Can Be Simulated

Factories
entities are products, people, transporters, tools
activities are machines for fab or assembly
queues are conveyors, warehouses

Highways
entities are cars, trucks, cops
activities are go, stop, rage
queues are highways, on-ramps, off-ramps, rest stops

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

12

Goals of System Simulation

Check the design of the system


Material flows - are there bottlenecks?
Queue locations and sizes - do they get blocked or starved?
Resources - are they sufficient, do they starve important
operations?
Failure modes - what are they and what causes them?

Check if it has the required capacity


See what different types of downtime do to performance

Improve the design

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

13

Choices for Probability Distributions

Things that have distributions:

Station operating times


Breakdown intervals
Station repair times
Transport system performance

Alternate distributions

Simulation

Normal
Weibull
Uniform
Fatigue Life
Rayleigh

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

14

Station Time Data

Obtained by Prof Tim Baines, Cranfield U, UK


Taken at engine dressing line at UK car company

Electronic data gathered from operators release of


pallet to next station
Averaged over many operators at many stations on
this line to protect anonymity
Main conclusion is that times vary much more
widely than is accounted for in typical simulations

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

15

Activity Time: a typical day

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

0.

Graph removed due to copyright restrictions. (Workstation time [s] vs Time of Day.)

16

Activity Times & Production Standard

Times (PST)

Graph removed due to copyright restrictions. (Frequency vs Activity Time.)

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

17

Common Probability Distributions

Weibull

Normal

Fatigue Life

Uniform
http://www.itl.nist.gov/div898/handbook/eda/section3/eda366.htm
Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

18

Kinds of Design Choices

Number and location of resources





People - operators and repair crews


Machines
Pallets and their carrying capacity
Tools

Queue locations, sizes, disciplines


Priorities of activities that compete for limited resources

Floor layout distances, separation of people and


machines
Kinds of transport conveyors, AGVs

Assembly sequences
Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

19

Simple Simulation Diagram

Wait-test

Takes 3 minutes
3 % fail

Takes 10
+/- 1 minute

Arrive
& wait

Test
Done

Machine
Takes 15
+/- 10 minutes

Repair

Wait-repair

Note: If Wait-repair and Wait-test both are full, the system will become deadlocked as soon as
the next unit needs repair because the test station will be unable to unload and take the next
unit.
Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

21

What You Might Learn

Products fail too often

Repair takes too long

A queue is so short that it fills up and prevents


products from moving along
Machines break too often, or there are not enough
repair personnel, or it takes them too long for them
arrive, etc
Then you have to do something about it

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

22

How a Sim Works

Scan the agenda of activities

Find the first ones that can execute (or continue


executing)
all the entities they need are available

Advance the clock to the end of the activity with


the shortest operating time
Send its entities to their destination queues

the destinations must be open, not full

Go back to the top


Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

23

Basic Modeling Considerations

Identify all the elements and activities


Decide which activities need which entities

Separate the activities with queues


Decide the queue discipline
first come first served, latest, heaviest, etc

Decide where entities should go when the activity


is finished
Often, when you have done all this, you have
learned so much that you do not need to run the
simulation
Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

24

Bottlenecks

Every system has a bottleneck

Its the station with the minimum capacity, the one


that paces the systems operations (often the one
with the longest operation time)
A cycle lost on the bottleneck station is a cycle
lost forever
see The Goal by Goldratt

Queues at non-bottleneck stations are illusions

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

25

Strengths and Weaknesses

Modeling makes you think


You can run systematic experiments, even DOE

Modeling is not a solution, just a model of a proposed


design
GIGO applies

The probability distributions you choose may not be


the correct ones

Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

26

Conclusions

Simulation is valuable and should be part of every


manufacturing system design process
Simulation makes you think about a stochastic
world, which is reality
Too often, simulation is done only when a
problem is discovered with a system that is
already installed and hard to change
In this and other ways, simulation is like variation
analysis
Simulation

11/20/2002

Daniel E Whitney 1997-2004

27

Economic Analysis of Assembly

Systems

Goals of this class

understand the basics of economic analysis


unit cost of assembly by different resources
return on investment
particular properties of assembly systems

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Cost and Price Considerations

Development cost

Unit cost

Unit mfr cost:


materials
labor
depreciation
waste, scrap, rework
Production
ramp-up
Marketing
Ongoing support

Supply curve
Prodn volume/yr
Cost
Cost

Loss
Profit

Prodn volume
Sales volume
3
2

Price

Price
Demand curve
Sales volume/yr

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Price Has Nothing to Do with Cost

Price is about value


Value is often perceived and can be influenced

Direct value involves functions and ilities


Perceived value involves or is influenced by
Marketing
Perceived quality
Number of choices available even if most will not be
taken

Value > Price > Cost, otherwise no sales or no


profit
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Cost Analysis is a Murky Area

Engineers need to know the basics of cost analysis


for three reasons
so they can make sound technological choices
so they can judge the suitability of a suppliers bid

so they can argue effectively with accountants

Dont ask us how we do investment justification.


We just fill out a form and after a while an answer
comes back Yes or No.
MAPI means makes a project impossible
MAPI = Manufacturing and Allied Processes Institute
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Kinds of Cost Categories

Fixed cost = what you pay to set up (usually investment in


facilities)
Variable cost = what you pay that depends on how many you
make per unit time

Labor, both direct and indirect (maintenance, supervisors)


Materials cost: what you buy that you add value to
Expendables: energy, lubricants, tool bits, etc

Scrap, rework

Institutional cost = all other costs of doing business

In many cases, labor is a fixed cost, due to contracts or the


inability to lay people off for short periods when business
fluctuates
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Cost Distribution in Engine Plants

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 18-1 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Sources of Cost in the Supply Chain

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 18-3 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Source: Daimler Chrysler via Munro and Associates


Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

A Small Problem

Fixed costs are usually expended all at once, usually


before production starts
Variable costs are incurred as production runs

How should these two kinds of costs be combined to


provide a true picture of the cost per unit?
The usual method is to allocate the fixed costs to the
units by choosing a time period during which the
investment is recovered
unit cost = variable cost
+ Some_Fct (fixed cost, # of units made in some time period)
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Cash Flows Over Time

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 18-4 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Payback Period Method

A payback period P is selected (arbitrarily?)

The fixed cost is allocated equally to each unit


made during P:
unit cost = variable cost
+ fixed cost / (P Q)
where Q = quantity made per year
P = a number of years

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Internal Rate of Return Method

The payback period is replaced by an investment


horizon H and an interest rate r
This is equivalent to a mortgage for H years at
interest rate r
The annual payment A and the annual cost factor
fAC for an initial investment Io are (for zero
salvage value):
A = I0

Econ Analysis

r 1 + rH
1 + rH 1

11/18/2004

r 1 + rH

fAC = A =
I0
1 + rH 1

Daniel E Whitney

11

Unit Cost Based on IRoR

unit cost = variable cost

+ fAC *fixed cost /Q


where Q = quantity made per year
fAC = fraction of fixed cost paid per year,
based on:
r = IRoR (ranges from 15% to 35%)
H = investment horizon (ranges from 2 to 5
years or more)
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

12

Annualized Cost Factor vs r

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 18-5 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Simplified Unit Cost for Manual Assembly

COSTUNIT MANUAL =
# People =

A$

# People
Q

TNQ
2000 * 3600

[largest integer]

Q = annual production volume

T = assembly time per part, sec

N = number of parts per unit

A$ = annual cost of a person

A$ = L H * 2000
L H = labor cos t, $ / hr
2000 = hours per shift year
3600 = sec / hr

(assumes no investment required)


Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

Simplified Unit Cost for Fixed Automation

f AC N S $
C UNITFIXED =

Q
where Q = annual production volume, units / year

f AC=fraction of machine cost paid for per year

S$ = cost of one station in the machine

(assumes one station per part)

(also assumes no people required)

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

15

f ACI L$
+
Q
Q

where I = total investment in machines and tools


L$ = annual cost of workers associated with the system
I = # MACHINES * $ / MACHINE + # TOOLS * $ / TOOL
TNQ
2000 * 3600

# MACHINES =

# TOOLS = N
L$ = w L H # MACHINES * 2000
where w = number of workers / station
Combining the above yields:

C UNIT FLEX =

fAC
L$
# MACHINES * $ /MACHINE + # TOOLS * $ / TOOL +
Q
Q

f $/ MACH IN E T N
f AC $/ TOOL N w T N L H
+
C UNITFLEX - A C
+
3600
Q
2000 * 3600
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Simplified Unit Cost for Flexible

Automation

C UNITFLEX =

16

Conclusions from Unit Cost Models*

Cost is linearly proportional to number of parts N


one reason for fixation on part count reduction

Cost of flexible automation grows with the pricetime product: $/machine * T


shows that cost and time can be traded

Other costs grow as part, station, and tool count


grow
floor space
support staff
line downtime (see System Design chapter)

*P. M. Lynch, Economic-Technological Modeling and Design Criteria for


Programmable Assembly Machines, MIT ME Dept PhD Thesis, June 1976
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Unit Cost Example

Unit Assembly Cost by Three Methods


2

f AC=0.38

1.8

T=5s

1.6

L H=$15/hr

1.4

S$=50000
$/tool = $10000

Unit Cost

1.2

N = 10 parts/unit
1

w = 0.25 workers/sta

0.8
MANUAL $/UNIT
0.6

FIXED $/UNIT
FLEX $/UNIT

0.4
0.2
0
0

100000

200000

300000

400000

500000

600000

Annual Volume

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Unit Cost Example - 2

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-5 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

19

More Detailed Cost Model

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 18-9 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Caveats About Examples

If T = 2 s, then Q = 3.6 million, or else the line


runs only part of one shift
If # people > # of parts or operations, then extra
people are needed for one shift operation
If Q > 7.2 Million / T, then a 2nd or 3rd shift is
needed

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

21

Discounted Cash Flow Analysis

AKA net present value calculation

More detailed and sophisticated than unit cost


comparisons
Seeks to determine if an investment is good

Based on comparing return on investment


a base case is compared to an alternate
the alternate requires upfront investment
it creates a saving stream over time, which is
discounted to present value
do the savings justify the investment?
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Discounting Future Cash Flows

Money is a two-dimensional quantity ($,t)

$
Its value now

1
(1 + DF) i

e- t

= DF = discount factor

Its value if delayed


until t
t

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Time

23

Two Cash Flow Formulas

Takeaway:
Takeaway:The
Theearly
earlycash
cashflows
flowscontribute
contributethe
themost.
most.
10

Sum of future
cash flows
without
discounting

9
8
7

present value of
sum of future
cash flows

6
5

CF/ ( 1+DF)^ i
( CF/ ( 1+DF) ^ i)

e^ -DF t
( 1-e^ -DF t ) / DF

3
2

DF = 0.1

present value of
future cash flows

0
1

Econ Analysis

7
11/18/2004

11

13

15

Daniel E Whitney

17

19

21
24

Comparison Analysis

Base case

Alternate case

fixed costs
labor costs
material costs

fixed costs
labor costs
material costs

Comparison:
What discount rate makes the discounted sum of future
savings in labor and material costs greater than or equal
to the difference in fixed cost between base and alternate?
H

Net savingsi / 1 + DF .
Investment alt Investment base = i
=1
i

Alternatively: set discount rate = cost of borrowing


Choose the alternate investment if NPV > 0
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

25

Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) and

Economic Value Added (EVA)

EVA is very similar to DCF. The discount rate used in

EVA is the weighted average cost of capital (WACC)

Cost of capital includes interest rate on debt plus expected rate of


return on stock (not easy to compute)

EVA is usually used to value the whole company but is


being used more and more to value individual investments
See http://www.pitt.edu/~roztocki/abc/abc.htm
See Econ DEMO-Stanley Hammer.xls on MIT Server.

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

26

Zero or Net Present Value Calculations

Comparing two investments, the savings Sv are


considered income
You pay taxes on the income at tax rate Tx, yielding
your net income Ni
You can claim depreciation Dp on your investment,
decreasing your taxable income and lowering your
taxes
The IRS specifies how much you can claim in
depreciation each year
the net income is: Ni = Sv - Tx(Sv - Dp)

present value analysis spreadsheet on MIT Server


finds the discount rate that gives NPV = 0
Econ
Can
be used
to find Daniel
NPV
for any discount rate
27
11/18/2004
Analysis
E Whitney

Zero Present Value Analysis

ZERO PRESENT WORTH CASH FLOW ANALYSIS


7 YEARS ECONOMIC LIFE

0% SALVAGE VALUE % OF COST AT END OF ECONOMIC LIFE

EXPENSE FORECAST
YEAR
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

RATIO
100.00%

INCOME FORECAST

TAX RATE
34.00%

DEPRECIABLE
66.67%

SAVINGS

DEPRECIATION

$100
$181
$198
$150

TOTAL INVESTMENT
DEPRECIABLE INVESTMENT
INTERNAL RATE OF RETURN

TAX RATE

CREDIT

14.29%
24.49%
17.49%
12.49%
8.92%
8.92%
8.92%
4.46%

34.00%
34.00%
34.00%
34.00%
34.00%
SUM OF UNUSED YRS
DEPR=
31.22%
USED FOR SALVAGE VALUE
OF REMAINING DEPRECIABLE INVESTMENT

$400
$267
18.41%
GOAL SEEK
ON CELL G38 = 0

TAX CREDIT IN YR 0 0N
UNDEPRECIATED INVESTMENT
RESULT OF

PRO FORMA CASH FLOW


YEAR

INCOME
0
($400)
1
$100
2
$181
3
$198
4
$150
4
$83
SALVAGE VALUE
IN YEAR 4

DEPRECIATION

TAXES

$38
$65
$47
$33
$0

($45)
$21
$39
$51
$40
$0

CREDITS
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0
$0

NET
($355)
$79
$142
$147
$110
$83

DISC NET
($355)
$67
$101
$88
$56
$42

$355

GROSS INCOME

$713

$183

$152

$0

$561

NET INCOME

$313

$183

$106

$0

$206

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

SUM OF UNDISC INC


$79
$221
$368
$478
$561

UNDISC PAYBA
FOR EX IN FIG

($0)

28

How to Use this Spreadsheet

Enter savings, tax rate, depreciation rate


Goal seek to get zero NPV
Or
Put in various discount rates and observe NPV

NPV > 0 is desired

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

Aircraft Development Cost Quandry

Aircraft Product Development Cost Recovery


PD Investment = $3.5B
all taken in year 0
Depreciated over 7 years MACRS
$1.2B tax credit in year 0
First plane sold in year 2

2500
2000
1500

IRoR = 7.11%

Cost Recovery

1000

Undiscounted Cumulative
Income After Taxes and
Depreciation

500
0
-500

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Discounted Cumulative Income


After Taxes and Depreciation
Annual Gross Income Before
Taxes and Depreciation

-1000
-1500
-2000
-2500
-3000
Year

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

aircraft pd investment analysis.xls

30

A380 Business Case

A380
Cost and Income

PD Development cost $10.5B

14000

660 planes sold, price $200M ea

10000
$Millions

8000
6000
4000

First planes sold

12000

Avg profit/plane = $50M

IROR = 11.5%

Net Income Before


Depreciation and Taxes
Net Income After Taxes
and Depreciation
Sum of Undiscounted Net
Cash Flows

2000
0
-2000 0

10

20

30

Sum of Discounted Net


Cash Flows

-4000
-6000
Years

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

31

NPV vs Discount Rate for A380

NPV VS DISC RATE


FOR A380
5000
4000
NPV, $M

3000
2000

NPV

1000
0
-1000 0

10

15

20

25

-2000
DISC RATE, %

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

Critiques of DCF

Target IROR is arbitrary


The calculations can be gamed

Cost is a slippery quantity


People know their expenditures and assume that they
know their costs, but these are different even if they add
up to the same amount
Overheads are allocated arbitrarily and can distort the
calculations
Activity-based costing is intended to overcome this
Robert Kaplan is an EE!
Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

Summary of Economic-Technical

Analysis

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 18-14 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

Econ Analysis

11/18/2004

Daniel E Whitney

34

Is The Make/Buy Decision a Core

Competence?

Daniel E Whitney

MIT

Cambridge MA

in collaboration with Prof Charles Fine, MIT

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Outline

I. Necessity of outsourcing, importance of


supply webs
II. Generic nature of the outsourcing process

III. Formalization of this process


foundation in system engineering
two kinds of dependency
definition of outsourcability
IV. Examples
V. Conclusions
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Vertical Integration Used to be Good

Now, outsourcing is good


Outsourcing creates dependencies

Knowledge has to be managed up and down the


supply chain
Most companies do not understand the
requirements for smart outsourcing and do not
appreciate the risks

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Drivers of Make-Buy

Cost

others...

Are there risks?

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Dependency and Outsourcing

Modern products are so complex that no


company has all the skills needed
Companies are dependent on each other for
many crucial things - and some are even
proud of it!
Make/buy decisions are made for both
product components and for
manufacturing infrastructure: machines,
CAD, MRP

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Four Stories

Manufacturing managers unable to design a toy


assembly line
Switching suppliers for a washer
HWP discovers what laid-off managers were

doing (Ed Anderson and Geoff Parker: From Buyer to Integrator: The Transformation of
the Supply-chain Manager in the Vertically Disintegrating Firm)

Shifting jobs to Mexico generates 1000%


overhead
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Can We Make These Cars?

Customer Demand / Per Shift:

One Shift = 6 min.

Photos removed due to copyright restrictions.

Sedan
6
Make/Buy for PDD

Semi
2
11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Race car
2

Truck
2
7

Theory of the Firm

What We Dont Do

Transaction
Costs

What We Do
Coordination Costs

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Two Views of the Make-Buy Dilemma

You
Youlearn
learnby
bytrying
trying
not
notby
bybuying.
buying.

Our
Ourbusiness
businessisiscars,
cars,
not
notrobots.
robots.

Product/process

integration

First access to

new technology

Keep new methods

from leaking out

Mastery itself

is the prize

The US has a robust


vendor base
There is economy
of scale
Can capitalize on
vendors learning
Focus on the core
business

It is not obvious who is right.


Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Outsourcing and Architecture

Product architecture and outsourcing interact

interfaces must be defined and managed

Architecture of supply chain must correspond to


architecture of product (C. H. Fine)
Many criteria influence choices of architecture
which in turn influence outsourcing options and
problems




System integration
Design and manufacturing methods
Power management
Politics
Knowledge management

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Integral and Modular Architectures

Integral = functions shared


by physical elements
Examples...
Some reasons integral is
used...

Modular = each function is


delivered by a separate element
Examples...

Some reasons modular is used...

Is either kind of architecture better than the other?

Or are all architectures more or less integral?

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

Three Kinds of Modules

Module by design (could be a coherent system)

Module by manufacture (could be a connected set of parts)

Module by use (could contain user functions)

(Baldwin and Clark, Design Rules)

Front module contains parts of several systems


Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

12

Product and Organizational Architectures

Rear wheel drive IC engine car


Engine dept, transmission dept, brake dept, ABS dept, packaging dept

Electric car with one motor and transmission


Motor dept, transmission dept, brake dept, ABS dept, packaging dept

Electric car with motor at each wheel


Motor(s) dept, no brake dept, ABS dept merged with computer dept
Dont even tell them about that, theyll throw you out

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Airbus: Architecture Driven by Politics

Airbus Industrie is a consortium that shares revenue

and profits according to a work-content formula

This formula is based on a decomposition of the plane

wings to British Aerospace


fuselages to Deutsche Aerospace (DASA)
tail sections to CASA (Spain) (now owned by DASA)
final assembly and integration to Aerospatiale

The A380 is a challenge


The wings will be too big to transport to Toulouse by air
No land in Hamburg for final interior dressing
Final decision: truck to river, onto barge, to Bordeaux, truck again to Toulouse

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

An Emerging Trend

In many industries, first tier suppliers are starting


to consolidate (tier 0.5), horizontally integrating
and technically deepening
The source of their growing power is their ability
to create coherent systems and exploit synergies
Brakes and chassis control systems in cars
Industrial gas, liquid, and power systems in chip factories
In some cases, these systems reach up to the customer directly

OEMs focus more on customer needs and think


tier 1 and below are just manufacturers or
suppliers
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

The Car Is a Collection of High-

Technology Systems

Customer satisfaction is provided by these systems

MANAGEMENT
SAFETY
ENERGY
OPERATIONS

POWER TRAIN
ENGINE
TRANSM
FUEL
EMISSIONS
CHASSIS
ABS
SUSPENSION
STEERING
Make/Buy for PDD

AMBIENCE
ENTERTAINMENT
COMFORT
A car is a self-mobile
cordless computer
network with peripherals
like engine block, seats,
glass, etc.

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

COMMUNICATION
AND CONTROL
INTERNAL
EXTERNAL

NAVIGATION
GPS
COMPASS
WEATHER
ROAD COND

19

These Systems are Highly Interlinked

NOTE: THERE ARE MANY LINKS INSIDE EACH BOX!


MANAGEMENT
SAFETY
ENERGY
OPERATIONS
POWER TRAIN
ENGINE
TRANSM
FUEL
EMISSIONS

AMBIENCE
ENTERTAINMENT
COMFORT

CHASSIS
ABS
SUSPENSION
STEERING
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

COMMUNICATION
AND CONTROL
EXTERNAL
INTERNAL

NAVIGATION
GPS
COMPASS
WEATHER
ROAD COND
20

Different Architecture Brings Different

Outsourcing Options and Restrictions

Generic function:
deliver air+fuel to combustion chamber
meter them together

meter them separately


fuel
injectors

air

integrate TB
with intake manifold

one air meter


each cyl
has its own for each cylinder
inj, air, &
nothing like
spark!
it today

separate TB
from intake
manifold

one air meter

for whole manifold

novel molding
technology

todays TB

carburetor

Increasing innovation
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

21

Integration Driven by Power

Whitneys theory says high power drives

integration*

Moores Law drives rise in heat generated in

CPUs

Cost of managing heat has reached economic limit

Evidence that it is happening (Intel):






Patents on fans
Investments in software and heat transfer solutions
Close cooperation with PC designers
Major shift in marketing strategy to de-emphasize processor speed
Ref: SDM Thesis by Sam Weinstein, March 2004

*Why Mechanical Design Cannot be Like VLSI Design, Research in Engineering Design,
1996 (8), pp 125-138
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Moores Law

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

23

Cost of Thermal Management

>$100

< $10

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

24

Vertical Industry Structure Driven by

Technology

with Integral Product Architecture

Computer Industry Example, 1975-85


IBM

DEC

BUNCH

All Products

All Products

All Products

Microprocessors
Operating Systems
Peripherals
Applications Software
Network Services
Assembled Hardware
Make/Buy for PDD

(A. Grove, Intel; and Farrell, Hunter & Saloner, Stanford)

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

26

Horizontal Industry Structure Reshaped by

Technology and Standards

with Modular Product Architecture

Computer Industry Example, 1985-95


Microprocessors

Intel
Intel

Operating Systems

Mac
Mac TITIetcetc

Microsoft

Mac Unix

Peripherals

Mac TIetcetcetc
HP IntelCanon Samsung

Applications Software

Microsoft

Lotus Borland

Network Services

Novell

Lotus

Assembled Hardware
Make/Buy for PDD

HP Compaq IBM

EDS etc
etc
etc
Toshiba etc

(A. Grove, Intel; and Farrell, Hunter & Saloner, Stanford)


11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

etc

27

The Double Helix:

The Dynamics of Product Architecture and

Industry Structure
NICHE
COMPETITORS

INTEGRAL PRODUCT
VERTICAL INDUSTRY

MODULAR PRODUCT
HORIZONTAL INDUSTRY
TECHNICAL
ADVANCES

HIGHDIMENSIONAL
COMPLEXITY

ORGANIZATIONAL
RIGIDITIES

SUPPLIER
MARKET
POWER

PRESSURE TO
DIS-INTEGRATE

PRESSURE TO
INTEGRATE

PROPRIETARY
SYSTEM
PROFITABILITY

Christensen "The Drivers of Vertical Disintegration" HBS working paper, Oct 1994
Fine & Whitney, "Is the Make/Buy Decision a Core Competence?" MIT Working Paper, March 1995
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

Recent Examples

Citigroup
Delphi
Cisco, Microsoft
(gathering,
(buy companies with
integrating
new technologies)
organically)
More Integrated
Intel
(thermal management
integrating supply
chain)
Tending to
Dis-integrate

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Ford
(CAE)

GM
(spun off Delphi)
Cisco, Sun
(outsource
mfr of PCBs)

Intel
(processors
that generate
More Dis-integrated
lots of heat)

Tending to
Integrate

Daniel E Whitney

Ford
(interiors)

29

Summary

Outsourcing relates to

knowledge and learning


dependency and power

organization

system coherence
architecture

Products, organizations, supply chains, and


industries have architectures
Architecture is volatile
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

30

Make-Buy Frameworks

Link make-buy to system engineering


Link make-buy to product architecture
Classify dependencies that make-buy could create

Combine these ideas into a framework for


assessing make-buy decisions
Place some of our examples in the framework

Sum things up
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

31

The Product Development Process

DETERMINE
CUSTOMER
NEEDS

CONVERT NEEDS
TO ENGINEERING
SPECS

At each stage:
"BLACK BOX"
OPTION
DETERMINE
CUSTOMER
NEEDS
CONVERT NEEDS
TO ENGINEERING
SPECS

CONVERT ENG
SPECS TO
PROCESS
SPECS

CONVERT ENG
SPECS TO
PROCESS SPECS
CONVERT
PROCESS
SPEC
TO PROCESS
MAKE
ITEM

CONVERT
PROCESS
SPEC
TO PROCESS

VERIFY THAT
ITEM MEET
SPECS

MAKE
ITEM
VERIFY THAT
ITEM MEET
SPECS

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

"WHITE BOX"
OPTION

Break down into sub-systems

Write specifications
Seek sources and choose
Transmit spec
Obtain item
Verify compliance with spec

Both customer and source

could be internal or external

Either way, the process and


skills are the same

Daniel E Whitney

32

Principles of System Engineering

CLUSTERED
SUBSYSTEM

+
+

DON'T
DECOMPOSE
HERE

CLUSTERED
SUBSYSTEM

+ +

DECOMPOSE
HERE

Make subsystems from things that are tightly related

Keep relations between subsystems simple, few,


and easy to define
Alexander, C. Notes on the Synthesis of Form, Harvard University Press, 1964

Rechtin, E., Systems Architecting, Prentice-Hall, 1991

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

Theory of the Firms Relation to

Modularity

What We Dont Do

What We Do
Classic module All complexity inside

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Transaction

Costs - managed
by keeping interfaces
simple and clear
via interface docs
called contracts

34

Design = Outsourcing = System Engineering

Design

Outsourcing

System Engineering

Determine

requirement

Determine need

Determine top
requirement

Break into

sub-requirements

Write spec

Break into
subreqmts

Find someone

to fill reqmt

Find someone

to fulfill spec

Assign subreq

Assess fulfillment

Assess fulfillment

Assess fulfillment

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

35

Make-Buy Criteria

1. Buy what you cant make (necessity)


2. Buy what someone else makes cheaper (low bid)
3. Buy what someone else makes better (opportunity)

4. Make what matters most to the customer (visibility)

5. Make what matters most to the technical memory


of the company (strategy)
Condense to two choices:
Be dependent for capacity (you could make it)
Be dependent for knowledge (you cant make it)
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

36

Examples of Dependency

Disk drives: dependent for knowledge


Half shafts: dependent for capacity

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

37

Disk Drive Engineering and Outsourcing

SPINDLE
ARM
PLATTER

BEARING

HEAD
TOLERANCE
CHAIN
METRICS:

Each major element


was obtained from
a different source,
including assembly.
The company is no
longer in this
business.

VOLUME
WEIGHT
$/MEGABYTE

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

38

Toyota as an Example

Toyota appears to buy most car parts and make

much of its infrastructure


It could have made the choice many other ways
Toyota appears to have performed triage on the
things it buys and on the suppliers themselves

black box (supplier does it all)


grey box (co-design)
white box (build to print)
cf Taka Fujimoto: Origin and Evolution of Black Box Practice
in the Japanese Auto Industry

How does Toyota retain skills when it outsources?


Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

39

Car NVH Illustrates KC Distribution Through

a Chain of Elements

A Toyota specification for an outsourced drive shaft


contains a vibration specification
In fact, the drive shaft is one of many elements in
a complex system that delivers the noise,
vibration, and harshness KC
ENGINE

ENGINE
MOUNT

SUSPENSION

TRANSMISSION
BRAKES

HALF
SHAFT

WHEELS
and TIRES

NVH Chain
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

41

Half Shaft with Constant Velocity Joints

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

42

Is System Engineering Toyotas Main Skill?

Toyota has chosen to outsource many components

But it keeps control of many key manufacturing and

design technologies; for example:

- machines for dies and engine parts

- CAD technologies, especially info management


Are these choices related?
Is Toyotas dependence on Denso a problem?
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

43

Coherent Systems

Examples

Any self-contained, testable module that delivers a measurable function,


plus the knowledge to design, make, and test it
A software suite such as Microsoft Office
A patent network
A product plus its customer support system

What they offer to the owner


Control (over performance, cost, changes and improvements, diagnosis,
underlying product or process knowledge)
Customer reliance on the whole and inability of customer to deconstruct
Efficiency of delivery
Barrier to entry by competitors
A form of complementary asset (required to exploit the main assets)

The risks in breaking them


Loss of control, knowledge, synergy, barrier, future exploitation
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

44

MORE IN-HOUSE KNOWLEDGE NEEDED


IT IS INTEGRATION KNOWLEDGE

ITEM IS LESS OUTSOURCABLE


BECAUSE IT IS LESS DECOMPOSABLE

Degrees of Outsourcability

GENUINE COMMODITY WITH STANDARD INTERFACES


(ANSI, NEMA, ETC) BOUGHT FROM CATALOG
DECOMPOSABLE ITEM WITH A FEW WELL-DEFINED
INTERFACES
ITEM CONTAINS BUYER'S PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
ITEM MUST BE INTEGRATED WITH ITEMS MADE IN-HOUSE
OR BOUGHT ELSEWHERE
ITEM IS THE "CORE" WITH WHICH MANY OTHERS MUST
BE INTEGRATED
ITEM CONTAINS MANY MUTUALLY INTEGRATED KEY
CHARACTERISTICS WHOSE DEFINITION AND
MANUFACTURE REQUIRE IN-HOUSE DECISIONS,
TRADEOFFS, AND KNOWLEDGE
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

45

Degrees of Dependency

CAN IDENTIFY QUALIFIED

BIDDERS

DEPENDENT FOR
KNOWLEDGE

CAN WRITE COMPETENT

SPECIFICATION

IF YOU GET OFF THE BUS,


CAN YOU EVER GET BACK
ON??

CAN VERIFY THAT ITEM MEETS

SPEC

CAN IMPROVE BID


CAN HELP SUPPLIER

TECHNICALLY

DECREASING
KNOWLEDGE
DEPENDENCY

CAN EVALUATE BIDS

CAN HELP SUPPLIER

OPERATIONALLY

CAN IMPROVE ITEM AFTER


RECEIPT

DEPENDENT FOR
CAPACITY

CAN MAKE IN-HOUSE

WHAT'S THE MINIMUM


THAT'S ECONOMICAL
TO RETAIN??

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

46

Questions to Ask Before Outsourcing

How well do we understand our own product?

How sensitive is our products performance to details of


the outsourced items performance?
Who is the technological leader? Us? Them?

Could important technological advances occur in the


outsourced item? Who will own them?
Who will maintain the core competence if we outsource?

Are we creating a future holdup situation?


What are the criteria for a competent supplier?
Can the supplier deconstruct our coherent system and
reconstruct it in his domain?
Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

47

Matrix of Dependency and Outsourcing

OUTSOURCED
ITEM IS
INTEGRAL

OUTSOURCED
ITEM IS
DECOMPOSABLE

DEPENDENT FOR
KNOWLEDGE

Make/Buy for PDD

A POTENTIAL
OUTSOURCING
TRAP
YOUR PARTNERS
COULD SUPPLANT
YOU. THEY HAVE AS
MUCH OR MORE
KNOWLEDGE AND CAN
OBTAIN THE SAME
ELEMENTS YOU CAN.

DEPENDENT FOR
CAPACITY
BEST OUTSOURCING
OPPORTUNITY
YOU UNDERSTAND IT, YOU CAN
PLUG IT INTO YOUR PROCESS OR
PRODUCT, AND IT PROBABLY CAN
BE OBTAINED FROM SEVERAL
SOURCES. IT PROBABLY DOES
NOT REPRESENT COMPETITIVE
ADVANTAGE IN AND OF ITSELF.
BUYING IT MEANS YOU SAVE
ATTENTION TO PUT INTO AREAS
WHERE YOU HAVE COMPETITIVE
ADVANTAGE, SUCH AS
INTEGRATING OTHER THINGS

WORST OUTSOURCING
SITUATION

CAN LIVE
WITH
OUTSOURCING

YOU DON'T
UNDERSTAND WHAT
YOU ARE BUYING OR HOW
TO INTEGRATE IT.
THE RESULT COULD
BE FAILURE SINCE YOU
WILL SPEND SO MUCH
TIME ON REWORK OR
RETHINKING.

YOU KNOW HOW TO


INTEGRATE THE ITEM SO YOU
MAY RETAIN COMPETITIVE
ADVANTAGE EVEN IF OTHERS
HAVE ACCESS TO THE
SAME ITEM.

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

48

Outsourcing Pro and Con

Pro

Con

Provides competitive
alternatives
Allows contact with different
sources and kinds of
knowledge
Augments in-house capabilities
Augments in-house capacity
Reminds everyone that there is
no monopoly on skill or
knowledge

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Decentralizes things that need central


oversight
Breaks chains of delivery of quality
Disperses responsibility and
accountability
Opens the door to conflicts of interest
Devolves power, especially power
based on coherence in performance,
processes, or knowledge
Fosters the illusion that everything is
plug and play and that cost is the only
differentiator
Fosters the illusion that risk can be
eliminated while reward can be
retained
49

Conclusions

Outsourcing seems necessary, but is it "good"?

System coherence and integration potential is


a possible guide on what to make vs buy
The choice of what to make and what to buy has long term
strategic implications especially where system control
conveys market power
The main long term core competency may in fact be the
ability to make the make/buy decision
No such decision is permanent

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

50

Additional Reading
Have a look at my web page:
http://web.mit.edu/ctpid/www/Whitney/papers.html
on which you will find, among other things, a paper
by Charles Fine and myself called
Is the Make-buy Decision a Core Competence?

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

51

The HP Pavilion:

Where Does HP Add Value?*

R&D-Intel, Microsoft, Component Mfrs (HP)

Manufacturing-SCI Systems, Intel


Sales-CompUSA, Best Buy, etc
Service-3rd party maintenance providers
HP adds value in information management,
bringing it all together, knowing the sweet spots
in the components, understanding the market.

*Managing Against the Clock: Lessons from the IT Industry, by Prof Haim
Mendelson, Stanford U Business School, presented at the MIT Symposium Creating
and Managing Corporate Technology Supply Chains, May 12, 1998

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

52

Front and Rear Wheel Drive Architectures

fwd & rwd

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

57

Outsourcing Driven by System

Integration

Car industry suppliers gaining power by


assembling coherent systems
interiors (seats, entertainment, instrument panel)
chassis (ABS, active suspension, steering, engine controls
see Wards articles on Bosch-AlliedSignal and VarityKelsey-Hayes

Delphi will offer complete drive/brake by wire

Boeing will offer similar products


Ford is taking back interiors integration

Make/Buy for PDD

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

58

Case Study of 767 Horizontal Stabilizer

Goals of this class


Carry through the topics of this course on one product
Look in detail at a real aircraft structural assembly
Define and flow down KCs
Compare different assembly methods
conventional one based on fixtures
proposed one based on part-to-part mating features
Draw datum flow chains for them
Study the economics

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

History of 767 Horizontal Stabilizer

Project

Fast/Flexible Manufacturing Project 1996


Coordinated Aircraft and Auto industry projects

Vought Aircraft partner via LAI


Voughts goal: cut costs, earn more Boeing
business
Voughts hypothesis: convert from fixed to
flexible assembly tooling
Voughts focus of project: 767 H. S. upper wing
subassembly
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Our Challenge: How To Do This

Available data
Existing tooling
No history, people, drawings
Evidence of errors in tooling

Our process

Understand goals of existing process


Reverse engineer from the top down
Expand scope of study to complete horizontal stabilizer
Look up the supply chain to Boeing to get the

requirements

Generate new process to achieve agreed goals


767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Structure of Horizontal Stabilizer

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Top Level Key Characteristics

GAP
GAP

FTB
PLUS CHORD

SKIN

FTE

SPAR
END
SPAR
END

PLUS CHORD

AERODYNAMICS
(gap betw skin and FTB & FTE)
(gap between skins)
STRENGTH
(based on joining plus chords
and ends of spars)

HORIZ ASSY 2

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Horizontal Stabilizer Subassemblies

(current decomposition)
STRINGERS

UPPER SKIN
ASSEMBLY
SKIN
D
W
F

FWD SKIN
AFT SKIN

FORWARD
TORQUE
BOX
FOR

PLUS CHORD

D SP
R
A
W

AR

RIB
STRINGERS

RE

PA
S
R

FIXED
TRAILING
EDGE
STRINGERS

PLUS CHORD
HORIZ ASSY 2

LOWER SKIN
ASSEMBLY
LOWER SKIN

PLUS CHORD

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

PKCs for Horizontal Assembly

PKC #2 & #3: Aerodynamics affected


by these skin gaps

SPAR END FITTINGS

FWD TO

PKC #1:
Joint Strength
PLUS
affected by
CHORD
alignment between
plus chord ends
and spar end fittings.

RQUE B
OX

FORWARD SKIN
SPLICE STRINGER
AFT SKIN
FIXED TRAILING EDGE

SPAR END FITTINGS


JOINT STRENGTH PKC ACHIEVED
END FITTING

RD
HO

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

END FITTING
SPLICE
PLATE
SHIM

SPAR

RD

HO
S C NE
D

PLU ALIG
S
(M I

SC
PL U

SPLICE
PLATE

SPAR

SHIM NEEDED TO ACHIEVE


JOINT STRENGTH PKC

Current Total Process

PLUS CHORD
ALIGNMENT
TO SPAR
ENDS PKC

PLUS CHORD
ALIGNMENT
TO SPAR
ENDS PKC

SKIN GAPS PKC

FINAL ASSEMBLY

SKIN GAP PKC


DELIVERED
BY SKIN
GAP AKC
PLUS CHORD
ALIGNMENT TO
SPAR ENDS PKC
DELIVERED BY
P.C. ANGLE
TO SKINS AKC

FTB-RIB-FTE SUBASSEMBLY

SKIN SUBASSEMBLY

SKIN GAP PKC


DELIVERED BY
DESIGN OF
FIXTURE TO
HOLD FTB
AND FTE

FORWA
RD TOR
FORWA
Q UE B O
RD SPA
X
R

FORWARD SKIN
S
PLU

RIBS

RD
CHO

767 Case Study


Figures for designing assemblies

SPLICE STRINGER
REAR SPAR
FIXED TRAILING EDGE

AFT SKIN

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Top-Level KCs

FTB

Skin Gap
& rib align KCs

PKC #2

F Spar

PKC #1
Ribs

FS

PC

Skin Gap
& rib align KCs

AS

SS

PKC #1

PKC #3

A Spar

PKC #2

FTE
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

Product Decomposition Based on

Independent KCs

FTB

F Spar

Ribs

FS

PC
SS

AS

A Spar

FTE

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

12

FTB

Ribs

PC
A Spar

FTB

FTE

F Spar
Ribs

SS

FS
AS

PC
SS
A Spar
FTE
FTB
F Spar
PC

Ribs

A Spar

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

FTE
Daniel E Whitney

FS

AS

Decomposition/Subassemblies

Based on Independent KCs

F Spar

13

Sob

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

Assembly Access Problem Eliminates an

Attractive Assembly Sequence

UPPER PLUS
CHORD

UPPER
SKIN

STRINGER
~24"

SPAR

SHIM

PIVOT RIB

SHIM

~
STRINGER

LOWER PLUS
CHORD

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

If plus chords are assembled


to spar ends before skins
are assembled to plus chords,
then it will be almost
impossible to join skins and
stringers to plus chords

LOWER
SKIN

Daniel E Whitney

15

Actual Subassemblies

FTB

F Spar

Ribs

FS

PC
SS

AS

A Spar

FTE
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

FTB

Ribs

PC

SS

Actual Decomposition

F Spar
FS
AS

A Spar
FTE

FTB
F Spar

PC

Ribs

FS
AS

SS

A Spar
FTB
FTE

Ribs

F Spar
767 Case Study

A Spar

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

FTE
17

Type 1 and Type 2 Methods for One

Subassembly - KC Flowdown Seems OK

FTB

FTB

F Spar

F Spar
Ribs

Ribs
A Spar
FTE
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

F
A Spar

FTE
18

Second Subassembly Has Lost Its KC

Links to Higher Level Assemblies

Any assembly process for

this subassembly must

provide proxies for the

missing KCs, regardless of


whether the subassembly is
made as a Type 1 or Type 2
These KCs will be coupled
Note that no drawing of this
subassembly could be found

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

PKC #2
PKC #1

PC
PKC #1

FS
PKC #3

SS

AS

PKC #2

19

Possible Assembly Strategies

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Our Challenge

Current assembly method relies on costly fixtures

Can a process be devised that does not rely on


fixtures other than for support against gravity?
Can such a process achieve the PKCs?
Would it be economical?
What new worker skills would be needed?

Can we figure out what the old process was doing


so we can reproduce its objectives using new
methods?
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

23

Diagram of Assembly Analysis Process

ORIGINAL PKCs

RD
FORWA

ACHIEVE PKCs
SEPARATELY
(ASSEMBLY IMPOSSIBLE)

SKIN

NGER
STRI

ASSEMBLY POSSIBLEPKCs COUPLED

Skin Gaps

2
1

PLUS
CHORD

NG
STRI

Forward Skin

ER #3
SK
AFT

IN
CURRENT METHOD
USING FIXTURES

FTB

TWO ALTERNATE METHODS


REQUIRING DIFFERENT AKCs

Plus
Chord
Aft Skin
using edge features

using hole and slot features

FTE

Assembly
Decomposition

Product
Architecture

Joint Strength affected by this alignment.

AKCs
1

KC Flowdown

PKCs
6

Assembly Sequence
Generation

Prune into
Families

Identify most
promising family

Propose Assembly
Features

Analyze
Sequences

FORWARD SKIN

10

Equipment
Requirements

SPLICE STRINGER

Process Selection
and Planning

PKCs

PKC #1

PKC #2

AFT SKIN

PKC #3

ASSEMBLY LEVEL DATUMS


PART LEVEL DATUMS
MATING FEATURE (SLOT)
MATING FEATURE (HOLE)

AKCs

VSA RESULTS

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Assembly
Feature AKCs

AKC #1

Plus Chord
aft hole &
forward slot

Aft Skin
aft hole &
inboard slot

Fwd Skin
inboard slot
& fwd slot

Stringer #3
inboard
holes

Stringer #3
holes

24

Liaison Diagram

Str4-11

Fwd

Skin

Plus
Chord

Splice
Str3

Str1-2

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Aft
Skin

25

Current Skin Assembly Process

SPLICE STRINGER

PLUS
CHORD

FWD SKIN

AFT SKIN

FIXTURE
Everything indexes off the fixture
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

26

Current Skin Assembly Process - 2

Track f or Rout er t o Tr im Forward Skin Edge

Plus
Chord
Forward Skin
Splice stringer
Aft Skin
Fixture

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Assembly KC #1 & #2

#2

#1

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

Datum Flow Chain for Current Skin Process

Fwd
Skin

Str4-11

Skin Gap
KC

Plus
Chord

Splice
Str3

Plus Chord
Angle KC

EXPLICIT DATUM TRANSFER


CONTACT WITHOUT
DATUM TRANSFER
KC

Str1-2

Aft
Skin

Fixture

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

New Process #1: Fixtureless (Type 1)

FORWARD SKIN

HOLES CHOSEN

PLU

FOR LOCATION
SLOTS CHOSEN FOR

ORD
S CH

LOCATION, THERMAL &

SPLICE STRINGER

SHOT PEEN GROWTH


ACCOMMODATION
ALL SLOTS DRILLED
OUT TO FULL SIZE

AFT SKIN

ASSEMBLY LEVEL DATUMS

HOLES AT FINAL
ASSEMBLY

BIGGEST THERMAL
DIFFERENCE

PART LEVEL DATUMS


MATING FEATURE (SLOT)
MATING FEATURE (HOLE)

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

SMALLEST
FULL SIZE
HOLE

30

PKC Delivery Map for New Process #1

PKCs

PKC #1

PKC #2

PKC #3

AKCs

AKC #1

AKC #2

AKC #2

Assy features

PC aft hole
& fwd hole

Mfr features

Size/shape
of PC and
hole locations

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Aft skin
aft hole &
inbd hole

Fwd skin
inbd hole
& fwd slot

Size/shape
of skins

Daniel E Whitney

Str 3 inbd
holes

Hole/slot
locations on
skins & str 3

Skins & str 3


holes & slots

Coord.of
slot lengt h
and hole size

31

Datum Flow Chain for New Process #1

Str4-11

Fwd
Skin

(6)
rd
o
h C
C
K
us le A
l
P g
(1)
An

(6)

Plu
An s Ch
gl e or
AK d
(5)
C

Str1-2

(6)

Skin Gap AKC

Plus

Chord

Note: in existing process,


skin-plus chord is a contact.
In new process it is a mate.
Splice
Str3

(6)

Aft
Skin

EXPLICIT DATUM TRANSFER


CONTACT WITHOUT
DATUM TRANSFER
KC

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

New Process #2

SKIN
STRINGER
SHIM
PLUS
CHORD

PLU
SC

FORWARD SKIN

HO
RD

SPLICE STRINGER
AFT SKIN

SPACER TOOLS
LAYUP TABLE FEATURES

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

Assembly Features for Process #2

FORWARD SKIN
U
S
P
L

D
OR
CH

SPLICE

STRINGER

AFT SKIN
ASSEMBLY LEVEL DATUMS
PART LEVEL DATUMS
MATING FEATURE (HOLE OR SLOT)
MATING FEATURE (EDGE)

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

34

Datum Flow Chain for New Process #2

Str4-11

Plus
Chord

P lu
An s Ch (6)
gle or
AK d
(4)
(5)
C

Str1-2

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

(6)

Daniel E Whitney

Skin Gap AKC

(6)
rd
o
h C
C
K
us le A
l
P g
(1) (1)
T (2)
An

Fwd
Skin

(6)

(5)
Splice
Str3

(6)

Aft
Skin

35

KC Deliverability Map - Process #2

PKCs

PKC #1

PKC #2

PKC #3

AKCs

AKC #1

AKC #2

AKC #2

PC aft hole
hole

Assy features

Tool location
at fwd end of
plus chord

Mfr features

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Aft skin aft


Hole & inboard
surface

CNC
worktable

Daniel E Whitney

Fwd skin
inboard surf

Skin gap
tool size

Part sizes &


hole
locations

36

Rib-Spar as a Type 2 Assembly

Fwd Torque
Box

Strength PKC
Fairness PKC

Rib

Fixed Trailing
Edge

Step 1: Put FTB and


FTE in Fixture

Step 2: Put in ribs

FTB-Rib-FTE assy

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

37

Rib-Spar Assembly - 2

Skin

Plus Chord

Step 3: Add skins and adjust


skin gaps and plus chord alignment
to FTB and FTE
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

38

DFC for Rib-Spar as a Type-2

FTB

(6)
SKIN GAP
& RIB ALIGN
PKC

FIXTURE

(1)

RIBS

(5)
(6)

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

FTE

Daniel E Whitney

39

DFC for Wing Assembly as a Type 2

Two KCs in
conflict

FTB
Skin G
ap

PKC

Fwd
Skin

Str4-11
Plus Chord
Alignment PKC

RIBS

Plus
Chord

Plu
An s Ch
gle or
AK d
C

Plus Chord
Alignment PKC
Str1-2
p PK
a
G
Skin

Skin Gap AKC

SKIN GAP PKC

FIXTURE

Splice
Str3

Aft
Skin

FTE
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

40

Tolerance Analysis of KC Delivery

Using VSA

VSA was used to on each


candidate new process
Results show that process
1 is unable to deliver AKC
& PKC 1 all the time
because the holes in the
splice stringer cant be
placed accurately enough
This also hurts PKC 2 and
3
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Process 2 is able to deliver

all 3 PKCs 100% of the

time

Daniel E Whitney

41

Matlab Analysis
(TM)

Assumed assemblers could maneuver the wing


skin laterally and angularly
Assumed smaller variation in hole and slot
placement
Assumed that the rest of the wing was error-free

Determined that only a few assemblies would fail

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

42

3"

G3

S1
FORWARD SKIN

G1
12"

P2

336"

4
6"

SPLICE STRINGER

PLUS
CHORD

3
63"

3
12"

AFT SKIN
H1

3"

S2
3"

P3

12"

P4

Parts and Their Frames

42"

3"
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

43

FORWARD

FTB

G4

STRENGTH KC
AERODYNAMIC KC

G2

0.045"

G1
P2

G3

S1

FORWARD SKIN

RIBS

PLUS
CHORD
63"
4
a

SPLICE STRINGER
3

AFT SKIN
P3

H1
b

S2

2
0.045"

AFT

1
FTE

P4

Parts Assembled and Frames


Aligned

END
FITTING

351"

767 Case Study

INBOARD
11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

OUTBOARD

44

Sample Space for Tolerance Analysis

X2
0.0127"

ADJUSTMENT POSSIBLE
BY TRANSLATION
AND CCW ROTATION

0.010"
.005"

ADJUSTMENT POSSIBLE
BY TRANSLATION

NO ADJUSTMENT
NEEDED

62.97"

63.00"
-.005"

2
63.03"

Y1

ADJUSTMENT POSSIBLE
BY TRANSLATION

-0.010"

ADJUSTMENT POSSIBLE
BY TRANSLATION
-0.0127"
AND CW ROTATION
0.015*5.25/29.25=.0027

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

45

Matlab Results
(TM)

f ixt ure and FTB-ribs-FTE modeled as 0.008 and plus chord


modeled as 0.01
0.02

0.015

~120
out of
10000
fall
outside

0.01

0.005

-0.005

-0.01

-0.015

-0.02
-0.01

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

0.01

0.02

0.03

0.04

Daniel E Whitney

0.05

0.06

0.07

0.08

46

Pros & Cons of Proposed Processes

Pros

Cons

767 Case Study

Current Process
Delivers all AKCs
and PKCs
repeatably

Inflexible fixtures
Variation absorbed
at stringer-plus
chord interface

11/30/2004

Proposed Process #1
Delivers AKC #2
and PKC #3
repeatably
Completely flexible
method
No dedicated
fixtures
Uses existing
fab
equipment
Least costly
Controls critical
interfaces
Fails to deliver
AKC #1 on a few
assemblies
PKC #1 & #2 not
delivered
on those same
assembies

Daniel E Whitney

Proposed Process #2
Delivers all AKCs
and PKCs
repeatably
Completely flexible
method
Uses existing
fab
equipment
Controls critical
interfaces

Requires higherfunctionality tack


fixture (higher
cost)
Requires a limited
number of small
fixtures

47

Rib-Spar as a Type 1 Assembly

Step 1: Put FTE on


Support

Step 2: Add ribs

Step 3: Add FTE

FTB-Rib-FTE assy

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

49

DFC for Rib-Spar as a Type-1

FTB

SK
I
N GAP PKC

RIBS

FTE
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

50

DFC for Wing Assembly as a Type 1

FTB

Skin G
a

p PKC

Str4-11
Plus Chord
Alignment PKC

Skin
d

hor
C
KC

Plu le A

g
An

Plus
Chord

P lu
An s Ch
gle or
AK d

Plus Chord
Alignment PKC
Str1-2

Skin
figs for designing assemblies

767 Case Study

Skin Gap AKC

S
K
IN


GAP PKC

RIBS

Two KCs still


in conflict Fwd

Splice

Str3

Aft
Skin

KC
P
p
Ga

FTE
11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

51

Impossible as a Type 2

FTB
d
hor PKC
t
sC
Plu nmen
Alig

ap PK
C

Str4-11

Plus
Chord

Plus
Alig Chord
nme
nt P
KC

RIBS

KCs do not conflict


Fwd
Skin
Skin Subassembly

Skin Gap AKC

SKIN GAP PKC

FIXTURE

Skin G

Str1-2
pP
a
G
Skin

KC

Splice
Str3

Aft
Skin

FTE
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

52

Impossible as a Type 1

FTB
p PKC

KCs do not conflict

Str4-11

Skin Subassembly

Plus
Chord

Plus
Alig Chord
nme
nt P
KC

Fwd
Skin

Skin Gap AKC

d
hor PKC
t
sC
Plu nmen
Alig

SK
N
I
GAP PKC

RIBS

Skin G
a

Str1-2
PKC
p
a
G
Skin

Splice
Str3

Aft
Skin

FTE
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

53

Cost Analysis -1

The basis for analysis was the KC-driven


Precision Assembly (PA) process for the 767
horizontal upper skin assy.
PA time and cost were estimated for the 767 skin

The 767 cost/time analysis was scaled for the


remaining 747 & 767 assemblies Vought makes
for Boeing.
PA assumed to be accomplished in three distinct

cells: Tack, CNC Auto-Rivet, Final Assembly

These cells all require new investment


767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

54

Cost Analysis - 2

Baseline times for each step were taken from


Voughts estimates for its process.
Required cell time for MITs processes was
estimated based on Voughts times and a
distribution of realization factors applied to obtain
an assembly time for each cell.
A computer simulation was conducted to
determine the necessary capital equipment.

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

55

Simulation Scenarios

Three PA processes were developed and


analyzed.
The 3 processes are Vought, MIT 1, and MIT 2
Vought is Voughts proposed PA process
MIT 1 uses holes and slots. It was derived from Vought by applying the KC flowdown
method. MIT 2 uses NC tack cell

Three scenarios were studied:


- All Boeing assemblies, all programs
- Four representative assemblies
- Introduction of a new assembly
- New assembly would require new fixed tool but not new PA equipment
One and Two shift operations
767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

56

Results - 1

PA estimated to reduce process time by


approximately 50%. At current demand this
results in approximately XX hours saved
annually.* Value of flexibility, image, and
freed-up floor space not included.
Annual savings = $X Million (assumes all
assemblies converted to PA at a rate of
$XX/hour.)
VOUGHT TO BE = 54% OF AS IS TIME

MIT 1 = 43% OF AS IS
MIT 2 = 42% OF AS IS

*ACTUAL NUMBERS ARE PROPRIETARY

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

57

Results - 2

Estimated equipment investment to implement PA


(example for MIT 1)
All Parts 4 Parts
One Shift
$21.4M
$14.1
Two Shifts
$14.1M
$7.3
(assumes cost per cell is Tack $2M, A-R

$4.8M, Final Assembly $0.5M)

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

58

Results - 3

Current economics did not justify the new process

The new process becomes economical if Vought

gains new business for which it can use the new

cells, thus saving the cost of new hard fixtures

Training and cultural issues remain to be evaluated

Adjusting by hand becomes adjusting via computer

Ad hoc process becomes a preplanned and designed


one requiring more manufacturing knowledge during
design
More communication between fab and assembly shops
needed

767 Case Study

11/30/2004

Daniel E Whitney

59

Assembly System Design Issues

Goals of this class

understand basic decisions in assembly system design


look at some typical lines for small and large products
different types of assembly machinery
example lines from industry

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Basic Factors in System Design

Capacity planning - required number of units/year

Resource choice - assembly methods


Task assignment
Floor layout
Workstation design
Material handling and work transport
Part feeding and presentation
Quality
Economic analysis
Personnel training and participation

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Basic Decision Process

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-1 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Available Methods

Seat of the pants


The suppliers method, using his equipment

Trial and error, using simulation to evaluate

Analytical methods using math programming or


heuristics
Combination of technical and economic factors
and inequality constraints make this a hard
problem
AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

The Basic Tradeoffs

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-4 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Unit Cost Example

Unit Assembly Cost by Three Methods


f AC =0.38
T=2s
L H =$15/hr
S$=50000
$/tool = $10000
N = 10 parts/unit
w = 0.25 workers/sta

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-5 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Characteristics of Manual Assembly

Technical
dexterous, able to learn and improve, flexible
can overlap operations - move+flip+inspect
may be too innovative, or may be unable to repeat
exactly the operation or the cycle time

Economic

top speed dictates need for more people to get more


output (called variable cost)

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Cellular Assembly Line

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-14 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

One station
AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Whole line
8

Characteristics of Fixed Automation

Technical
simple operations with few DoF and simple alternatives
each station is dedicated to one operation
(place/fasten/confirm) built from standard modules
strung together
small parts, relatively high speed
basic architectures include in-line and rotary

Economic
the investment is in fixed increments regardless of
required capacity (fixed cost)
the payoff is in keeping uptime high (many stories)
AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Typical Cam-operated Assembly Machine

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-6 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

10

Typical Dial Machine

Same principle used


by Gillette for Mach 3
razors

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-8 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

Characteristics of Flexible Automation

Technical
multiple motion axes
motion (gross and fine) modulated by sensing and
decisions
multiple tasks with or without tool change

Economic
multiple tasks (within a cycle or next year)

investment scalable to demand (variable cost)


tools and parts presentation costly (fixed cost)
AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

Sony VCR Assembly System

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-22 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

15

Line Architectures

Single serial line (car or airplane final assembly)

Fishbone serial line with subassembly feeder lines


(transmissions, axles)
Loop (common for automated lines)

U-shape cell (often used with people)

Rotary dial (used for very short production cycle


work with a single long task cycle like filling
bottles)
Transport can be synchronous or asynchronous

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

Serial and Parallel Line Arrangements

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-9 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

How do they compare on tool cost, reliability, time, flexibility?


AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Serial Line with Multiple Stations

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-10(a) in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

(A) THREE COPIES OF STATION 3 ARE NEEDED BECAUSE


ITS TASK TAKES SO LONG
AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Serial Line with Uneven Task Assignment

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-10(b) in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

(B) GROUPING WORK AT STATIONS IMPROVES


BALANCE OF STATION TIMES

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

19

Multiple Paths Are Good and Bad

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-11 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

THERE ARE 6 POSSIBLE PATHS


AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Buffers - Conservative Design

They insulate the line from stopped stations

The only buffers that matter are the ones just


ahead and after the bottleneck station (the one
whose speed paces the line)
But it is often hard to tell which station is the
bottleneck
Since a blocked buffer is as bad as a starved one,
the ideal state of a buffer is half full
Let a = the average number of cycles to fix a
simple breakdown; b = buffer capacity
Then if b/2=a, there will be enough parts in the
buffer to keep everything going while a simple
breakdown
is fixed
AITL Sys Des
11/5/2004
21
Daniel E Whitney

Single Piece Flow

Necessary for big things like airplanes

Not necessary for little things


The alternative is batch transport
This creates work in process inventory, takes up space,
and seems associated with big inefficient factories (see
research by Prof Cochran)
Errors can hide in the batch and the whole thing might
have to be thrown away
Transport is infrequent so transport resources can be
shared
Creates a transport mafia and finger pointing (VW
engine plant story)
AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Kanban and Just in Time Systems

The kanbans are like money


Work is done when a ticket (kanban) arrives
Unwanted work is not done, WIP is controlled
Machines are not used just to use them (misplaced cost idea)

The whole factory operates, as much as possible, like one


big conveyor.
You never dont make the same thing every day.
It doesnt work unless the suppliers are doing it too
Kanban + single piece flow means piece rate = takt time

See To pull or not to pull: What is the question? by


Hopp and Spearman, Mfr & Service Ops Mgt, v 6 #2,
Spring 2004, pp 133-148
AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

23

Toyota Georgetown KY Plant

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-17 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

24

Sometimes it Isnt Possible


~18-20 HOURS

4 HOURS NOTICE OF NEED


FOR A PARTICULAR ENGINE
1.5 hours to
make one block

~1.5 HOURS
ONE
BLOCK

3 weeks of
finished blocks
in about 30
varieties

ENGINE BLOCK MACHINING

ENGINE ASSEMBLY

400 OTHER PARTS:


6 ARE MADE HERE.
THE REST ARE BOUGHT
AND ARRIVE IN BOXES
AITL Sys Des

AN ENGINE

CAR ASSEMBLY

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

You can make a block


quickly enough but
not soon enough

25

Sub-Delayed Commitment in a Fish

Bone Arrangement

SU
SU
BA
BA
SS
SS
E
EM
MB
DECOUPLING
BL
LY
YB
POINT FOR
A
SUBASSEMBLY A

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

DECOUPLING POINT
FOR SOMETHING THAT
IS NOT IN ANY SUBASSEMBLY

26

Basic Nominal Capacity Equations

# operations/unit * # units/year = # ops/yr


# ops/sec = # ops/yr * (1 shift/28800 sec)*(1 day/n shifts)*(1 yr/280 days)
cycle time = 1/(ops/sec) = required sec/op
equipment capability = actual sec/op
actual sec/op < required sec/op -> happiness
required sec/op < actual sec/op -> misery (or multiple resources)
Typical cycle times: 3-5 sec manual small parts
5-10 sec small robot
1-4 sec small fixed automation
10-60 sec large robot or manual large parts
AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Basic Cycle Time Equation

Cycle time = 1 assy time + in out time + tool ch. time * #ch. / unit
# units / pallet
# units / tool ch.
/unit
cycle time = net avg time per assembly
in out time = time to move one pallet out and another in
tool ch. time = time to put away one tool and pick up another
# ch. / unit = number of tool changes needed to make one unit
# units / tool ch. = number of units worked on before tool is

changed (cannot be larger than number

units / pallet)

= station uptime fraction: 0 < < 1


AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

28

Example Lines from Industry

First Sony Walkman Line (~1981)


Four programmable robots with XYZ motions

Parts on trays, tools on robot frame


Assembly visits two stations, then person puts it
on a second tray upside down
Assembly then visits the other two stations

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-28 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

30

Example Lines from Industry - 2

Denso Alternator Line (~1986)

~ 20 parts installed
loop arrangement
20 home-made robots
able to switch size of alternator
brushes retained by throw-away pin
cycle time perhaps 10 sec, two or three shifts
inspired by Draper movie of alternator assembly shown
in 1980

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

Denso Robotic Alternator Assembly Line

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-29 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

33

Example Lines from Industry - 3

Boeing 777 Assembly (~ 1993)

whole airplanes from structural subassemblies


lots of outsourcing
basically single serial line
fuselage segments built upside down on floors, then
flipped for installation of crowns
successive joining from front, rear and sides

a lot of systems installed before final body join


cycle time moving toward 3 days, 3 shifts/day
AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

38

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-33 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

39

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-34 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Sys Des

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

40

Assembly Workstation Design Issues

Goals of this class


understand workstation elements
look at part feeding and presentation alternatives
design a process and a single station system for it

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Assembly = Reduction in DoF Uncertainty

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-1 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

What Happens in a Workstation

An incomplete assembly arrives (or several at once)

Parts to be assembled arrive


as single parts
as a subassembly

Parts may have to be separated, oriented, given a


final check
Parts are joined to the assembly
Assembly correctness is checked
Documentation may have to be filled out
The assembly is passed on to the next station

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Major Issues

Get done within the allowed cycle, which is


usually short
Avoid the three common errors

wrong part
correct part installed wrong, damaged, or causing
damage to the rest of the assembly
bad part used anyway

Error-proofing or poka-yoke

Handle a lot of distractions


AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Cycle Time

Varies from milliseconds for cigarettes to days for


aircraft
Components
SPEED

work in/out
move to get tool
move to get part
move to insertion point
insert
move to get new tool

RAMP
UP TO
FULL
SPEED

% TIME

% DISTANCE
COVERED

RUN AT
FULL SPEED

DISTANCE

RAMP
DOWN

22

40

38

14

68

18

time

CREEP

60% OF THE TIME IS SPENT COVERING ONLY 32% OF THE DISTANCE

Each move includes accel-steady speed-decel-creep

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Simulation Software

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-15 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Coordinate Transfer and Part Control

Machine assembly requires transfer of coordinates

from where part is palletized to where it is gripped

from where it is gripped to where it mates


grip points may or may not be functional features

These coordinates are usually on different


locations on a part
From each of these coordinates runs a chain of
coordinate frames back around until they meet at
the point of assembly
AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

SOME OF THE MANY SOURCES


OF ERROR THAT MUST BE
CONTROLLED IN ORDER TO
ACHIEVE SUCCESSFUL ASSEMBLY
A. PART CONSTRUCTION
B. PART JIGGING
C. JIG LOCATION
D. ROBOT ACCURACY AND
CALIBRATION
E. TOOL SOCKET
F. PART GRIP
G. OFFLINE MODEL

Assemblability

= A+B+C+D+E+F+G

E
F&A

A
B
C

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Some Important Decisions

Choice of assembly resource

cost, reach, speed, multi-task capability, load cap,


dexterity, etc: people, robots, dedicated/fixed

Part presentation at the station or elsewhere

accuracy of palletizing or carrier strips almost the same


as that of assembly
economics of palletizing: how/who; pipeline of WIP

Serial vs parallel parts presentation


vibratory bowl or parts strip vs pallet

Tool change vs multi-purpose tools


similar issues apply to manual and robotic
AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Small Parts Feeder

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-4 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

10

Large Parts Feeder

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-5 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

11

Other Important Decisions

Allocation of degrees of freedom

all in one place


shared between two, as in 4 DOF robot and 2 DOF
workholder

Combinations of fab and part arrangement with


assembly
creates parts or subassemblies on the spot

examples: pre-assembly of valve keepers, spring


winding, lubrication, sorting
AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

12

Valve Keepers

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 5-4 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

13

Workstation Layout

Part presentation
Automatic feeders
Chutes loaded from opposite side
Bulk parts vs kits

Station layout to provide

Parts and tools within easy reach


Things laid out in process sequence
Instructions - paper, video for each version
Instructions - what version is this
Documentation - tests performed, parts installed

Line layout to provide


Space for materials at lineside
Space for transporters
AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

14

Sony APOS

Offline shakers fill pallets (~ 10 x 12)

Part jams, if any, occur off line and do not stop the
assembly system
Rather complex parts can be presented automatically

Pallets occupy considerable space at the workstation

The robot spends a lot of time slewing over to the


pallet to get a part
So you trade time for space: do you win?

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

15

Sony APOS - Palletizer

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-6 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

16

Sony APOS - Assembly Station

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-7 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

17

Other Architectures

Escort parts and tools (early Sony FX-1)

Flexibility based on station lockout


one simple station per part or version thereof
assembly passes through unneeded stations
lots of floor space

Roving robot (Hitachi, 1980)


carries assembly in its lap
visits stations that feed parts and hold special tools

Roving robot teams (Denso, 2000)


Robots carry tools, assemblies ride conveyor, parts delivered at
stations
Robots can be added or removed from system to adjust capacity
Robots can share work at highly loaded stations

Parts made in or fastened to carrier strips - separates part


prep from part feeding for higher feeding reliability
AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

18

Sony Walkman II

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 14-15 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

19

Sony Phenix 10 System

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-20 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

20

Parts Tray

Images removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-21(a) in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

22

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-21(b) in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

23

Pallet Arrangement for Large Parts

UNIQUE
PARTS FOR
ONE ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
PALLET
BULK PARTS

FOR SEVERAL

ASSEMBLIES

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

24

Starter Assembly Automation Line

(Slide from Denso)

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 16-31 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

27

Making Stacks - Method 1

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-27 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

29

Making Stacks - Method 2

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-28 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

30

Making Stacks - Method 3

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-29 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

AMP Ignitor

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-30 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

32

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Manual Assembly Sequence

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-31 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

33

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Alternate Process

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-32 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

34

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

Alternate Process One-handed

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-33 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,
and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

35

Single Station System

Image removed for copyright reasons.

Source:

Figure 17-34 in [Whitney 2004] Whitney, D. E. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture,

and Role in Product Development. New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 2004. ISBN: 0195157826.

AITL Workstation Issues

11/5/2004

Daniel E Whitney

36

Number every page in your report.


1. Completely describe the product so that you become thoroughly familiar with it at the part and function level
tell where you bought the product and how much it cost
carefully take the product apart, making notes or even taking digital photos
draw all the parts freehand or 2D or 3D computer (except fasteners)
number all the parts for easy reference and make a parts list, including fasteners
make an assembly drawing showing all the parts, including fasteners; make cross-section drawings of important subassemblies
note: an assembly drawing shows all the parts in their final assembled positions
make an exploded view showing all the parts, including fasteners; name and number each part
make a bill of materials (BOM) listing the part names and numbers from your exploded view

include the BOM and exploded view in every project report


determine what materials the parts are made of and how they are made
explain what each part does to help the product deliver its functions
identify any "mystery" parts or features
list and discuss all the mates between parts
note important dimensions on the drawings of the parts, including clearances
measure clearances
estimate difficulty of assembly using clearance ratios and your personal observations
if possible, determine differences between different but similar versions of the product
contact the company or talk to retailers about the product and find out or estimate
where it is made, what is the production volume, how many versions are made, etc
2. Perform a datum flow chain analysis of part of your product in order to understand how one important function is realized
Make a liaison diagram of the product
select a significant set of parts that does an identifiable function
describe and explain that function (report #1 will be helpful here)
identify the KC or KCs associated with that function and identify the DFC or DFCs involved
guess or surmise a root for the DFC
draw the DFC and explain all its elements: features, constraint, important KCs
on each KC, write the degrees of freedom that are important for its delivery
explain why your DFC looks as it does, paying particular attention to which parts
locate which other parts
determine if there are any over-constraints or risk of over-constraints
suggest redesigns that improve constraint or KC delivery
3. Completely choreograph each assembly step in any convenient assembly sequence and do a DFA analysis
so that you understand all your product's assembly operations and problems
generate some feasible assembly sequences, choose one, say why
Note:
there is no need to generate all assembly sequences
List all the:
required gross motions including reorientations
required fine motions
features on parts where they can be gripped
features on parts where they can be mated to a fixture
all chamfers and lead-ins or indicate where there are none
the types of fasteners, how many, how many of each kind or size
auxiliary operations such as lubrication, test, and inspection
possible problems and risk areas:
feeding, fixturing, presenting, orienting
gripping
inserting
damage to parts or people

suggest design improvements to deal with these risks


sketch the fixtures and grippers that are needed for assembling this product
perform a DFA analysis (report #2 will be helpful here)
try assembling the product yourself several times and compare your time to that predicted by DFA
calculate assembly efficiency
if feasible, implement some of the design changes on an example part or parts
4. Create a floor layout for this product's assembly
draw an assembly tree for your assembly sequence, identifying subassemblies
Note:
this tree is simply a diagram of main and subassemblies in assembly sequence order
assume a production rate or annual volume
calculate required system capacity and takt time
assume workstations or people with given realistic assembly speeds and assign assembly operations to them
data from report #3 will be useful here
make a Gantt chart for the entire process and indicate on it which stations do whch tasks
draw or sketch the floor layout, showing where each workstation is and what steps it does
this should be an actual floor plan, not just a schematic drawing
show how parts will flow across the floor to feeding points
provide space for any people who work on the line, keeping them clear of machinery, and provide space for material handling
determine how many direct workers, supervisors, inspectors, material handlers and other people will be needed
if software is available, use it to design the concept line
5. Design a workstation
select a group of operations, say for making a small subassembly, and assume they will be done at one workstation
determine the time needed to complete the operation or operations involved based on data from report #3
lay out the station, including in- and out-flows of assemblies and parts
plan required motions of equipment or people
show how necessary inspections or tests will be carried out
allocate required time of each required activity and draw a Gantt chart for a complete cycle
estimate the purchase and installation cost of this station, using actual costs that you may be able to find on the Web or in standard catalogs
Note: McMaster-Carr and other catalogs have benches, chairs, power screwdrivers, conveyors, etc.
estimate the labor cost of doing the work at this station based on where you think the product is made
6a. Perform an economic analysis of your assembly layout
estimate or obtain approximate costs of equipment and labor rates with OH and benefits
estimate engineering and installation costs
establish a payback period or required rate of return
determine unit assembly cost including equipment and labor
determine ROI by comparing two assembly methods
or by assuming manufacturing costs and sales revenues
6.b Perform a discrete event simulation of your line
diagram the line with activities and queues
write program and make several runs
identify any operating problems and improve the design

Systematic Assembly Analysis and Planning Process


Understand context (addressed in more detail later)
management's objectives for the product or product line
production volume
cost
quality
model mix or evolution
schedule for going into production
status of the design: new, reused
character of the product, nature of the market and customers
customer expectations
nature of customer interaction with the product
reuse, upgrade
Assembly in the Small
Understand each assembly step in detail
the basic requirements
size, shape, weight, dimensions of each part
characterization of each mate between parts
special character of particular parts
assembly difficulty
handling constraints
gripping
feeding
Conventional Design for Assembly
part consolidation opportunities
part feeding difficulty
part handling difficulty
Identify high risk areas
part damage
wrong part
misassembly
safety or regulatory issues
tasks so hard only one person can do them
Identify necessary experiments
Recommend local design improvements
Assembly in the Large (aka Design of Assembly)
Understand the business context
product character and type of market
sales volume anticipated
model variety anticipated
plans for new versions
delayed committment
supplier logistics and make vs buy
cost limits
labor costs and any regulations
cost calculation and ROI methods
ROI targets
Understand the factory context
labor conditions, training, shift policies
space and facility constraints
Identify system requirements

tentative cycle time


production flow and floor layout
feasible methods and equipment
required sensing and communication
required displays and controls
parts presentation
alternate assembly sequences
fixtures and parts carriers
Design a concept assembly system
system architecture
equipment selection and task assignment
cost and economic performance
simulation
average flow and production rate
uptime
queues, blockage, starvation
model changeovers
Make final recomendations
additional design improvements
line design or sequence options
remaining risk areas

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen